Sane lasscarar attendants inhale eau stick rot a hited a6 eae AIC ene teitattaleenerinostn ae a 4 Pye a ne eS _ eb ort ahs i i ite ie & = i SH Yaa ry) y waa p4 ae s a a ue! Vo ah 98) ‘ ‘, cs baal ee , Riaties } i caret pas WAY ? i anche hs ett Naty Fal Vgrad XY ifs ou moti te in ts thre heh . bet ia oe he : Pin Bate iah Senstlag at V7 i i) SEN tee ents Hath Anica fee ; tte ooh ities faa + 4 34 ita! Bas padyaetay } ee Se Se oats 2 = 2S Sere Shee Sete : a ee. cs = = i= = = aes fat (i fontedt f BY bites yen pret tase a pie " jucithicsnes . H A Prin fee , na sae eae “6 ih i Pitisels mat ' ; a) ihe) staat + ietie LeSnb yd ike Mee f “heh ‘ath! . Ls pe ihaer , , dias iS fash seth AG A : : 4 + 1 ie He ' Suri: ig * besa yl ‘ ’ «jh be hay ee peek iy Ay Aas raphe tas dada te if aie as VNR Beal A NN ehae babs webs ba tts rhal hy q i) aaa et } its fi parakeet “ : if eb ce Bet \ Ha fe yir hy Te = a6: 024 bat TCM ay re ae Teri a od i ithe 5 : “ Mad bod i wis uy =f and d ow hee 4 DE athe bide ti SMITHSONTAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 “EVERY MAN IS A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY WHO, BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEARCHES, AND EXPERIMENTS, PROCURES KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN’’—JAMES SMITHSON (PusiicaTion 4220) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 1955 The Lord Baltimore Vress BALTIMORE, MD., U. S. A. HSOW AN 4 W LIBRARY ADVERTISEMENT The Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections series contains, since the suspension in 1916 of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, all the publications issued directly by the Institution except the An- nual Report and occasional publications of a special nature. As the name of the series implies, its scope is not limited, and the volumes thus far issued relate to nearly every branch of science. Papers in the fields of biology, geology, anthropology, and astrophysics have predominated. LEONARD CARMICHAEL, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. (iii) - ; o ween y iis cits { » Pua 10. Il. 12. 13: CONTENTS . Jupson, SHELDON. Geology of the San Jon site, eastern New Mexico. 70 pp., 5 pls., 22 figs. Mar. 5, 1953. (Publ. 4098.) WetMmorE, ALEXANDER. The birds of the islands of Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava, Panama. 32 pp., 3 pls. Dec. 2, 1952. (Publ. 4099.) Ferrevra, Ramon. A revision of the Colombian species of Monnina (Polygalaceae). 59 pp., 32 figs. Feb. 3, 1953. (Publ. 4100. ) Gertnc, Rozert L. Structure and function of the genitalia in some American agelenid spiders. 84 pp., 72 figs. Mar. 17, 19653. (Publ. 4101.) Axzot, C. G. Solar variation and precipitation at Albany, N. Y. 16 pp., 6 figs. Jan. 27, 1953. (Publ. 4103.) DE LAUBENFELS, M. W. Sponges of the Alaskan Arctic. 22 pp., 12 figs. Mar. 19, 1953. (Publ. 4104.) LorsLicu, ALFRED R., Jr., and Tappan, HELEN. Studies of Arctic Foraminifera. 150 pp., 24 pls., 1 fig. Apr. 2, 1953. (Publ. 4105.) Ginspurc, Isaac. Western Atlantic scorpionfishes. 103 pp., 6 figs. May 28, 1953. (Publ. 4106.) BowsHer, ArtHuUR L. A new Devonian crinoid from western Maryland. 8 pp., 1 pl., 1 fig. Apr. 16, 1953. (Publ. 4107.) Gazin, C. Lewis. The Tillodontia: An early Tertiary order of mammals. 110 pp., 16 pls., 38 figs. June 23, 1953. (Publ. 4109. ) Hopkins, D. M., and Grippincs, J. L., Jr. Geological back- ground of the Iyatayet archeological site, Cape Denbigh, Alaska. 33 pp., 4 pls., 6 figs. June 11, 1953. (Publ. 4110.) Brake, S. F. The Pleistocene fauna of Wailes Bluff and Lang- levis Bluth, Maryland: 22. pp.;,i pl, 1 fig: Aug. 11,1953. (Publ. 4129.) Axsgot, C. G. Regarding Washington, D. C., precipitation and temperature, 1952 and 1953. 7 pp., 2 figs. Mar. 3, 1953. (Publ. 4130.) (v) —— 5 ee le SNE yee ee a SS eT 2 rs m = fe = ~ : x PT Se ee Oe ee ee Pen Oh Sars by Pa: ~~ ee ars ene ns Ra a el ee - a ee a Os tae i Ce ne ee eo SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 1 - GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE, EASTERN NEW MEXICO (WitH 5 Pirates) BY SHELDON JUDSON University of Wisconsin SOY E-INC SNES Sa Sense ANo, (Pustication 4098) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION MARCH 5, 1953 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLE L2L NOs Plea! AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH OF THE SAN JON SITE. NORTH TO RIGHT, ‘Soil Conservation Service photograph. ) SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 1 SE@QLOGY OF THE SANZJON peli, PASTERN NEW MEXICO (Wit 5 PLates) BY SHELDON JUDSON University of Wisconsin (PusticaTion 4098) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION MARCH 5, 1953 Te Lord Baltimore Press BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A. CONTENTS Page ITRUBROTE PTE STO co Seine COCO OIC OED OOOO OC oon gor Sta Arn pete I Generaliestaternen ting wim ehalnhd Wstatara hciet arate aes eee hese 67 ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES T Aerial photograph Ot Sati :JOM) Sites. c.\5.02 sso =r oRjeceiotee nels Frontispiece Following page 2. I, View looking east along the northern escarpment of the Southern High Plains; 2, view looking east across the depression containing the. San. Jom’ Sit@siss.skids.cccc-s sale a nso orsteiole sie els Bie ROO eee eee 10 3. Photographic panorama and landscape sketch showing relation of late Pleistocene formation to the Basal Sand at the San Jon site......... 50) 4. 1, Leached and unleached Ogallala formation at Tipton Canyon; 2, Sand Canyon formation filling broad channel in the San Jon formation..... 18 5. I, Highest terrace deposits of the Wheatland formation filling channel cut in Basal Sand; 2, small cliff formed by soil developed at top of old wind-blown sand and covered by modern blown sand............. 18 CONTENTS TEXT FIGURES i index map or oan Jon site’ and Envi ONS s./ige'<'c(o.0.< 0% cles os. biew sramie's cise 2. Graph showing average monthly precipitation and temperatures re- recorded from stations at San Jon, Tucumcari, Logan, and Clovis.... 3. Physiographic map of a portion of eastern New Mexico.............. 4. Map of the San Jon site showing location of geologic sections, photo- graphs, and archeologicaleexcavationsess .55.55 62005 gosh ee eateanes 5. Map of the Southern High Plains in the vicinity of the San Jon site.. 6. Schematic diagram to illustrate the relation of process and form to climate in the development of depressions..............-0..s00eee: 7. General geologic sections of the San Jon site. ...........c0ccseeecess 8. Geologic sections of areas of archeologic excavation at the San Jon SLE tava teferey ese Baie ap cratiere eis OSD Stee eo acm aeiaro elaraatueiain sys aves braraceia ts erehcto re g. Diagrammatic sketch to show relation of cultural and faunal material tolate Pleistocene deposits at the San) Jon! site: ..:.-..-..+0+-.--+- 10. Section showing relation of late Pleistocene formations to the Pleisto- cene “cap rock” and leached Ogallala formation at Deadman’s Cay OMe sive: crestrcreko eta Coma eis. ale or siae orators Misi oe mretavchakor Oo.se wvaielbnetaeveveie 11. Section showing relation of late Pleistocene formation to the “cap rock” and leached Ogallala formation at Puerto Canyon............ 12. Section showing relation of multiple “cap rocks” and late Pleistocene formations to breached depression at head of Queen Canyon........ fae oketch map Of Hatheld Makes. 285 sists sieccelsoseldlea scihc sla aiamiceenias 14. Section showing relations of Pleistocene deposits along drainage ditch Sournwestvor, Flatheldtwake. 26 .icctercceeersjow ss aiela ss scssamaa odela «ied stevens 15. Diagram showing relation of pediments and late Pleistocene formations to the modern stream: grade: inthe: Valley s..\5 0.6.5 ce's as ccs ose ees © 16. Section showing channel cutting intervening between upper and lower members of the Sand Canyon formation in Firepit Arroyo......... 17. Section showing sequence of deposits at the locality of archeologic AIVESUPAMONS ie EIGepit. ATrOyOs as.-c aie syaic crsis ales crcin epee alin’ cccmie eye 18. Section showing relation of pediments to late Pleistocene formations at LE Pic AT ROYOn Syisveeiai de dies sce ave evete oso colar vere at veneye ls lovers ones Susie teeter ecole 19. Section showing relations of late Pleistocene formations at point F, LOUIS taliy voyencicreve inte aire hofeeaverclatcteval sy aucherare cane svete avatntetemona avarsisaeiniehorgiers openslans 20. Section showing relations of pediments and late Pleistocene formations Abe tem VVate tm el Ol else, aeate era ores eaters pone erele oe cacte enekey ale fokecetcuaters! oyersieeraiers 21. Sections showing relations of late Pleistocene deposits at point I, ETS UIT CMD T mrcrst area ah tue ol sv acotaie (ah cava cus ave one yere rou aVever ova ces ayee) af ales as vavevvavs relecouevaverete 22. Section showing relations of wind-blown sand deposits and soil zones ata Gibsorieraticli gc aie tes Secession chercreeenMNoroe Sere ac los wialeini noe oes ais ) uF : 7 on 4 7 _ i 7 Ca y's 4 : i“, a Px os ie 19 t a « t i be ae) m j ¢ Wi ee pts ' pt se ie ee a) phan aes ig. ts) fais canta’ el “ued Sea ak hice) averse _ PueeA WA Wicd) auncuste-sulie nites (ee pe" iat at, ghar we gpa per 4a. ‘selene ‘vei | aaa: cy vt sre agg mea re ce sidan fa cede vee eve jae sa a plot a aut Aa ve 1 a : ) : nese rau Oe a dines poigee nf Sebain eh Te weintve Sith. Roni i wiRckmtl eT Te ie ee Ay a ne Pe eee vice schoo il LR ge Fo bones vir Arta tot He er) lab ary OE Me ¥ cee gee ah rere er i>” a f EBL Siew Wiechan to. malsnthe soutien we Aital Perera. dt hited an stale tine, shoo Sie a i oe a eae PASS» = 17 on SREY aaa Os dt aipeaat? bok punl, Kane peaioriesh wit Hay RS os a Olay re a, $n, Oe? tenes) Tn icon a, Renee! Nontstey of od i wie Pand dagen 5s Nae NGA TI a ie ee ay pend ene a “ssh Ore ids ent, Se eo ROY ak BY ote igh ide SP RILER RELL ay ~ ay barn i aia unde vse nee Sigel 1D Stir, ay Pea es cpap “eat pete’ ie aka iene td with a = Wah iss vetbaieey She ste Fae cen ee x 5 Maw Ss Oo tier! by viet ited saponin yal fs eta PP al pe hae ood e558 ae FT ARS Le rit, ype Bo art eed Kevcounta tl pi hed. Qt ayes bes. ti arenes face yew AB OE shoul: 253 err mR oe ‘4 di tik ae 6 ethetanpsty hime taewt" ante . : “questi baie asia Ther tut stiasaet Frits 6@ syrokadg Me mie shes eet Vo ye eres eee eeaiee wie «Hees ae ; | GEOLOGY OF THE SAN, JON SITE, EASTERN NEW MEXICO By SHELDON JUDSON University of Wisconsin WITH 5 PLATES INTRODUCTION GENERAL STATEMENT The study of early man in North America has made rapid strides since an unquestioned association between man and extinct animals was discovered near the small town of Folsom, N. Mex., a generation ago (Figgins, 1927; Cook, 1927). Much remains to be learned, however. There is still a wide gap, both in time and degree of cultural attainment, between the hunting Sandia-Folsom men and their contemporaries, with their finely chipped implements, and the much later pottery-making Pueblo Indians. This gap, first empha- sized by Roberts (1940), begins to close as new finds come to light (Kelley, Campbell, and Lehmer, 1940; Sayles and Antevs, 1941; Bryan and Toulouse, 1943; Bryan and McCann, 1943; Haury, 1943). Unfortunately these finds are widely scattered and usually consist of a few stone implements which tell little as to the cultural attainments of the men who made them. Furthermore, these discoveries were made in soft, unconsolidated deposits whose dating by the geologic method is still incomplete. Consequently, the intermediate cultures have a status nebulous archeologically and vague chronologically. The San Jon site seemed to present a reliable guidepost along this otherwise poorly marked road. Preliminary reconnaissance produced stone artifacts, obviously not a part of any late pottery-making cul- ture. These were associated with the bones of bison in stratified beds lying at the headwaters of streams having obviously terraced valleys. Furthermore, the geographic location of the site held great promise, situated as it is between the relatively well-known areas bordering the southern Rocky Mountains in Colorado and New Mexico, and the great areas of still unexplained but reputedly ancient stone cultures of central and western Texas. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 121, NO. 1 2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I The geology of the site is so singular as to quicken the interest of the most hardened investigator. Nature has apparently gone out of her way to produce a fascinating and, at first glance, indecipherable puzzle. The site is located within a small depression in the Southern High Plains. This depression has been breached, drained, and dis- sected to depths of 100 feet, producing a geologist’s delight, a soil conservationist’s nightmare. In the exposed, stratified deposits lay the bones and artifacts which drew the archeologist to the site. At first glance, magnificently exposed and varied deposits augured well for the geologist. They held hope of representing a sequence of events which would add to our present highly inadequate knowledge of the late Pleistocene' history of the Southern High Plains. The incompleteness of that knowledge on the one hand and the great dis- tance of the site from the glaciated areas of the southern Rocky Mountains on the other discounted the possibility of a direct tie to the glacial chronology. Nevertheless, the presence of beds clearly deposited under conditions more moist than now exist suggested a tentative correlation with the climatic fluctuations of late Pleistocene time. The hopes engendered by the preliminary reconnaissance have been only imperfectly realized. Archeological investigation by the Smith- sonian Institution was confined to the summer of 1941. From this preliminary and necessarily incomplete investigation Roberts (1942) obtained a sequence of faunas, some of them extinct, and associated cultures. Unfortunately, these cultures are represented by too few artifacts to be too helpful in an exact dating. The geological work, originally planned to extend through at least three field seasons, was interrupted by World War II and subse- quently reduced in scope. The results, although they do not completely fulfill the initial hopes, are by no means inconsiderable. Conclusions have been reached on the following problems: (1) The character, order, and origin of the beds at the site; (2) the correlation of this sequence along the northern edge of the Southern High Plains; (3) the origin of the “depression of the High Plains” in this locality ; (4) the nature and origin of the so-called “cap rock” of the High Plains in this general vicinity ; (5) the correlation of the sedimentary sequence at the site and nearby points on the High Plains with successive 1 Throughout this report the term “Pleistocene” is used in the sense suggested by Flint (1047, p. 209). In such a sense it includes all time that has elapsed since the end of the Pliocene. The terms “Recent” and “Postglacial” are aban- doned as exact time designations and when used have only a local or informal connotation. NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 3 periods of erosion and alluviation in local streams of the Canadian Valley; (6) the relation of the sequence so established to climatic changes in the Southwest during late Pleistocene time; and (7) the relative and in some cases exact ages of the several cultural horizons within the sequence. HISTORY OF INVESTIGATION Keith Martin, a local ranchman, first discovered the site and re- ported his find to the Laboratory of Anthropology at Santa Fe and to the Department of Anthropology at the University of New Mexico. Dr. Frank C. Hibben, of the University of New Mexico, with the assistance of several University students, conducted a preliminary survey of the site in the spring of 1940. Animal bones and some artifacts were found. It was soon apparent, however, that the thorough investigation demanded by the site could not be reconciled with pre- vious and extensive archeologic commitments elsewhere assumed by the University. Therefore, after a visit to the site in August 1940 by Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., in the company of Dr. Hibben, the University of New Mexico offered to turn over its interest in the site to the Smithsonian. The offer was accepted, and Roberts directed an archeologic investigation of the site and immediate vicinity from June 20 to September 6, 1941. Archeologic work was stopped by the war. Unfortunately, Dr. Roberts was unable to resume the investi- gation after the cessation of hostilities because of the additional ad- ministrative burdens imposed upon him as Director of the River Basin Surveys conducted under the administration of the Smithsonian Insti- tution in cooperation with the National Park Service, the Corps of Engineers, and the Bureau of Reclamation. The late Dr. Kirk Bryan, Harvard University, accompanied Hibben and Roberts on their visit to the site in 1940. During the following winter, after it had been decided to conduct extensive archeologic investigations at San Jon, arrangements were made to provide for a concurrent geologic study. Dr. Bryan and the writer made a general reconnaissance of the area during the period July 6 to 16, 1941. The writer remained on the ground until September 6, carrying forward the detailed geologic investigation. Although the war interrupted the continuance of the geologic field work, the results obtained during 1941 were checked in the field by Dr. Bryan, Dr. Franklin T. McCann, and the writer in the period from August 27 to September I1, 1943. The writer returned to the problem after the war, spending the period from June 30 to September 1, 1947, in the completion of field work. 4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Dr. Bryan again conferred in the field with the writer from August Io to 15, 1947. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writer is under obligation to the officials of the Smithsonian Institution who authorized the project and provided funds for the field studies of 1941 and 1947. Dr. Roberts, by his continued interest and support, has been a predominating influence in this and earlier investigations of the geology of early man. The writer is particularly indebted to him for the care and skill with which he discriminated between the several geologic horizons exposed in the San Jon exca- vations, for his advice on problems of correlation, and for his per- sonal interest in the progress of the geologic study. In 1941 the hospitality of the archeological camp offered optimum conditions for work. The members of the archeological party and Mrs. Roberts contributed much in making the camp a home for the geologist. Bryan and the writer were accompanied on the brief and hurried field trip of 1942 by Dr. Franklin T. McCann. Herbert W. Dick, of the Colorado Museum of Natural History and a member of the 1941 archeological party, spent a week on needed archeologic investigation during the 1947 season and devoted considerable time and effort in the office processing the material excavated. Many local residents contributed to the geologic work and without their aid the field problems would have been many times multiplied. Particular thanks are due to Wayne H. Miles, of the Canadian River Soil Conservation District, Tucumcari; H. W. Mutch, formerly resi- dent engineer of the Arch Hurley Conservancy District; Halbert N. Knapp, former chief, and D. H. McLeod, of the Southwest Quay County Soil Conservation District ; and Royal A. Prentice, Tucumcari. The writer expresses thanks for information and courtesies received from M. Tom Horne, Clovis, formerly postmaster at San Jon; Mr. and Mrs. James Wilson, San Jon; Mrs. Helen Anderson, San Jon; Mr. and Mrs. Frank Wilson, Wheatland; Guy Fife, Tucumcari; D. R. Burnham, U. S. Experiment Station, Tucumcari; Mr. and Mrs. Luis C. de Baca, Newkirk; Foley Griggs, Norton; and to the many other New Mexicans who added to the success and enjoyment of the field work. The writer’s wife, Anne Perrin Judson, served as field assistant during: the 1947 field season and provided technical and editorial assistance in the preparation of this report. The late Prof. Kirk Bryan, Department of Geology, Harvard Uni- versity, supervised this study in field and office from its formal NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 5 inception in 1941. His many kindnesses, both professional and per- sonal, cannot be recounted. PHYSICAL SETEING OF THE (SAN JON: SITE LOCATION OF THE SITE The San Jon site is located approximately 10 miles south of the town of San Jon,” N. Mex., from which it takes its name (see fig. 1), The town is a local trading center of slightly over 400 inhabitants. It lies on the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway and U. S. Highway 66. A paved road, State Highway 39, leads south from the town 44 miles to Clovis, N. Mex., and passes within three-quarters of a mile of the site. The town of San Jon lies at an elevation of 4,025 feet on a gently rolling plain carved by the Canadian River and its tributaries. The plain is part of a broad valley separating two great tablelands, the Central High Plains to the north and the Southern High Plains, or Llano Estacado, to the south. The town is situated in the small valley of the San Juan *® Arroyo,* which flows east toward the town of Endee® before turning northeast and eventually entering the Ca- nadian River across the State boundary in Texas. A broad ridge, 200 to 300 feet high, intervenes between the San Juan Valley and 2The word sanjon is an old Spanish spelling of zanjon, a ditch. According to local tradition there was once a pool of water in the adjacent grassy flat. Such pools were usually called charcos by the Spanish, but one of long and nar- row form might easily be termed a ditch. Round-ups of the early cattle days cen- tered around the now-vanished zanjon, which gave the modern town its name. The present spelling is an obvious error. 3 The name “San Juan” for this arroyo appears on Soil Conservation Service maps and is doubtless a still further corruption of sanjon. 4The Spanish arriving in the New World found that some of the smaller drainageways carried live water but that the majority were grassy-bottomed draws, marked here and there by charcos, or stagnant pools of water. Lacking a precise descriptive term for these drainages the Spanish applied the word arroyo, which in their native land referred, and still does, to a small stream of running water. It is obvious that such application of arroyo was not entirely correct and did not accurately describe the ephemeral streams of the area at the time of Spanish settlement. By the end of the last century and the begin- ning of the present these same arroyos had changed their regimes and had be- come steep-sided, sandy-bottomed, intermittent gullies so that their present aspect is still further removed from the original meaning of arroyo than it was dur- ing Spanish days. Despite its etymological inappropriateness the term arroyo is universally retained throughout the Southwest to designate a wet-weather stream and its vertically walled channel. 5 Endee is obviously a phonetic rendition of an old cattle brand “ND.” 6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I TUCUMCARI. Cr. .~ @44@6e, Ww a =) 4 ; ; > Pensdinansiioeal TT], ||/UO!zews0e 4 uokAuey) pues ] | it uoAkued) jo YAnow uosig vosig 4uiog Wos|o4 NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON ei joining it are in grassy pasture land and the edge of the escarpment is fringed with pinion, juniper, and low-growing bushes. In the center of this shallow bowl a crow’s-foot pattern of arroyos 50 to 100 feet in depth has been fashioned (frontispiece and fig. 4). The three major toes of the pattern point south, southwest, and west. fh VEGAS Su PLATEAU Se eranen enh | ho CENTRAL HIGH Tee presen es) 2) Pe PLAINS. ‘Conchas Lake at SE MinGas is SS Warsi HOTS PA ninth i ie un 5 “a (ely, WD AT eae AOS k Y, ‘ ty wa INK a4\ Xe ae SZ we GY sx Cy ilee E pos o- Tucumcari an Se aera DGH PLAINS LLANO ESTACADO) re, 103° 30' Fic. 3.—Physiographic map of a portion of eastern New Mexico. These converge to form a single drainage, Sand Canyon Arroyo, which flows northeast through a deep narrow canyon. This canyon pierces the escarpment and the arroyo descends to the Valley Plains of the Canadian and hence via the San Juan Arroyo to the Canadian River. The dissected portion of the depression is almost completely con- tained within an area one-half mile in diameter. Considered in a broad way this depression is one of several depressions lying in a groove in the High Plains as discussed below. I2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I ORIGIN OF THE SAN JON DEPRESSION The dissected depression which contains the San Jon site is one of several depressions lying in a broad, shallow groove in the High Plains as shown in figure 5. Figure 5 shows also that there are other grooves in the Plains to the south and that these also contain depressions of varying size. These depressions, which range from a few feet across to well over a mile in diameter and from a few inches to over 50 feet in depth, are characteristic of much of the High Plains surface. It was necessary to determine the age and origin of these depres- sions because the artifact-bearing beds of the San Jon site are involved in one of these depressions which has been breached by the retreating scarp of the High Plains. A study of the depressions, breached and unbreached, shows that in this section of the High Plains the depressions are the result of alternate periods of leaching and wind deflation (Judson, 1950). During wet periods of the Pleistocene the calcareous cement of the Pliocene Ogallala formation which covers the High Plains was locally destroyed by downward-percolating ground water. During succeeding dry periods these locally leached areas suffered wind deflation. In many places sand hills resulting from this deflation are found to the east of the depressions (fig. 5). Figure 6 suggests the relation of form and process to the periods of aridity and moisture and indicates some of the variations in form which might be expected. As noted above, the depressions are located along broad, shallow troughs. These troughs involve, in a way which is as yet imperfectly understood, the “‘cap rock” of the Plains, that limestone crust at the top of the Ogallala formation or above it. Certainly, however, the depressions are not due to true collapse into the underground although some collapse depressions are known from the area (fig. 1, A; Judson, 1950). The initiation and expansion of the depressions form a feature of the Pleistocene but cannot be confined to any specific horizon of the Pleistocene. It is entirely reasonable that depressions have been forming on the Plains since the end of the Pliocene. Some have ceased to grow and have become so choked that there may be little recognizable surface expression. Were the surficial cover stripped from the Plains, the resulting surface would be literally pock-marked with the open scars of modern depressions and the healed or partially MAP OF THE SAN JON SITE EASTERN NEW MEXICO EXPLANATION Pleistocene (Undifferentiated) Taies "Pliocene Cap Rock” x QOgallala Formation Tr) Pliocene (Unleached) Purgatoire Formation Lower Cretaceous A Chinle Formation Ss Triassic yoezshed = Contact of Leached and Ceached Unleached Ogallala is Dashed line indicates inferred contact A aS Location of Geologic Sections MAREA! Location of Areas of Archeologic Excavations Sa G Location of Photographs x—x—x— Fence line =~" “intermittent stream —-A2S Extent of Gully 200 ° 200 400 feet —xX—— Topographic Control From Survey by ROBERT H. MERRILL, 1941 Miles meee ata Canon Ry) ree ea ee MAP OF THE SAN JON SITE EASTERN NEW MEXICO EXPLANATION Pleistocene (Undifferentiated) “Pliocene Cap Rock” Se Folsom Point™ | / i See Plate 4-2 A / ZL Ogallala Formation Pliocene (Unleached) Purgatoire Formation Lower Cretaceous eel = Trench | @ Trench 2 Chinle Formation Triassic Trench 3 Contact of Leached and Unleached Ogallala Dashed line indicates inferred contact i. : Za Plate 5 / ait ee = P W / eeyit Be ie | B= aa £ ? “Ba ibe ! | 7 “Hibben Dig" Location of Geologic Sections Location of Areas of Archeologic Excavations Location of Photographs £ F : Fence line Se es — : .. Weir i. ane Re 4 “Intermittent stream if . an Batts Extent of Gully B at 200 ° 200 400 ; 28 x x bee —— x— to) o Oo OUNTY |} COUNTY CURRY EXPLANATION & “Cap rock” 43 Attitude of Mesozoic ZAI Sediments _& Normal fault after Dobrovolny = and Summerson (1946) \ Indicates downthrown side S Spring Primary roads, oiled or gravelled == Secondary roads, graded Many ungraded but passable ; To Clovis —> roads follow section lines < Houses omitted Contour interval 20 feet Topography sketched from barometer traverses in 1941 (Judson), 1942 (Judson, Bryan and McCamn), 2 3 1947 (Judson). Datum U.S.C. and G.S.B.M. é mates “Martin 1921)" elev. 4957 feet. Base compiled from office sheets and air photos of S.CS. by Judson Re 34. 7e f the San Jon site. NOse LT GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON Tis healed scars of “extinct”? depressions. The depression is character- istic not only of the Plains of the present but also of the past back to the beginning of the Pleistocene. EXPLANATION ea Windblown Sand S===2 "Pliocene Cap Rock” <<, Soil on Windblown Sand e485] Ogallala Formation (Pliocene) Pleistocene WMS Late Lake Deposits Hifi] Mesozoic Sediments w= Early Lake Deposits Lake Surface Leached Ogallala —— Direction of Wind Fic. 6.—Schematic diagram to illustrate the relation of process and form to climate in the development of depressions. DEPOSITS OF THE SAN JON SITE The deep arroyos of the site expose a series of beds of pond and alluvial origin. They lie within and upon the rocks which form the support of the High Plains. It is obvious that the narrow canyon has been cut back into the depression which it now drains. The top of re “. Vy Y J EXPLANATION 4 "Cap rock” “3 Attitude of Mesozore Sediments g z g 3 3 é Normal fault after Dobrovelny | and Summerson (1946) \ Indicates downthrown side Spring Primary roads, oiled or gravelled Secondary roads, graded * Many ungraded but passable roads follow section lines 4 To Clovis ——>» Houses omitted Contour interval 20 feet Topography sketched from barometer traverses in 1941 (Judson), 1942 (Judson, Bryan and Mc Camn), 1947(Judson). Oatum U.S.C. and G.S.B.M. s “Martin 1921” elev. 4957 feet. Base compiled from office sheets and air photos of S.CS. by Judson Fic, 5.—Map of the Southern High Plains in the Vicinity of the San Jon site. ee — 7 = tc ? * ie - . f . Bee eee —i— i, — - bilge mma pe a Eee jl al lll ‘s i — A a —— a ™ i omen cent ari li a rR me tg name - — en ee is 14 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I the escarpment is formed by Pliocene beds composed largely of white to buff calcareous sandstone with a limy plate, the “cap rock,” at the top. The Pliocene can be traced almost completely around the site in a somewhat assymetrical loop as indicated in figure 4. Within this loop and overlapping it, particularly to the south, rest the beds involved in the archeological excavations. They are summarized as follows and discussed in more detail later on. SUMMARY OF THE BEDS EXPOSED AT THE SAN JON SITE Feet Miodera deposits 108 thesarnoyOs ni... <.c0 c.c''s alcioie vie iceletnete(oleiete aetna o to 10 Periodically moved by flood. ——disconformity Wieatiandatormationie rte csctier cis eieteereie aneiels Sela eternare ateaetevere eciafatslerslen, pS tOmLS Low Terrace. Base 1 to 5 feet above grade of arroyos. Fine gravel, sand and silt. ——disconformity LOT AAG MING APUTA BGs De AOD OSO DOOD EE CO EC UOODE CBD COO CODTO0D 5 to 15 Base 8 to 10 feet above grade of arroyos. Materials as above. disconformity: BUTE h a RCA get of ARE AB es De NENT) ST IE Coke OER Osc). cca 10 to 15 Base 20 to 25 feet above grade of arroyos. Materials as above. Contains bones of Bison bison. No artifacts found. ——disconformity Sand \/ Cany Ot LO piaati orice stedsve to's torvts ec aero ate otevaveievelove'evetountelennietolevstaterth< o to 50 Reddish to reddish-brown alluvium. Wltematar beds of sand and clayey-humic material. Contains numerous iron-manganese nodules averaging + inch in diameter. Lime occurs as tubules and as films particularly along joints in the clayey horizons. Occurs in broad channels cut into underlying formations 40 to 50 feet above grade of modern arroyos. Contains artifacts (“Collateral” Yuma and Clear Fork (?)), bones of Bison bison, and the planorbid Helisoma tenue sinnosum (Bonnet), a mod- ern mollusk common in the area. ——disconformity Sat Jon tonmationacevecie seis eines Beret sisi srolsnete\eretaciar Stele re 0 to 50 LE ONC RES Er iearcebol eters CRT eT PIE NoMa obake Totetel loka eiatorelelsvalehsvsier ioveiesereusks 0 to 45 Dark blue-gray clay grading laterally into greenish clay and into reddish compact sandy alluvium toward the borders of the basin. Contains nodules and plates of iron-manganese oxide and concretions and plates of calcite. Lime plates occur on lamina- tions and on strong vertical jointing. Bones of extinct bison and artifacts are found in top of the blue clay as in the planorbid Helisoma tenue sinuosum (Bonnet). NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 15 AE OW eg 2 niet H MO VNG He AGT OAS ea tato share larst tot ara orat SNONASTEs atel Severe FOS orn Soule venerovaels oO to 1.5 Discontinuous lenses of fine gray-white volcanic ash. LET NDS FRIES SE ACRES Cho) OEE TAINS BEI COE CRIS O COO OEIC IET OE oO to 3 Crust of iron-manganese oxides, 0 to 3 feet thick overlain by bleached white sand with clay lenses 0 to 4 feet thick; grades toward periphery of basin into reddish laminated clay 5 to 8 feet thick with green clay seams in joints. This in turn grades into reddish alluvium. Proboscidian and bison bones in the clay facies. ——disconformity: Basal Sand a(decaleihed Ogalialan ec actai a oar vote csleaceine Mon cakes 40 to 50 Upper zone, 5 to 10 feet thick, has vertical, columnar jointing. Calcareous concretions and iron-manganese flecks and clay- filled cracks. Lower zone, 35 to 40 feet thick, is a brown to buff sand without laminations. It contains vertical joints. Near the base it has calcareous concretions. In most places it is separated from the unchanged Ogallala formation by vertical contacts. angular unconformity (hidden) Lower Cretaceous shale and sandstone. Cross sections of these beds along general east-west and north— south lines and more detailed sections in the areas of actual archeologic excavation are presented in figures 7 and 8, respectively.° The pho- tographic panorama and accompanying outline sketch in plate 3 illus- trate the complexity of the deposits and their relations to one another, BASAL SAND The Basal Sand rests unconformably on the Purgatoire formation of Lower Cretaceous age. The nature of the contact, nowhere exposed at the site, is inferred from the position of the Purgatoire in the canyon draining the depression in which the site is located. Here the top of the Cretaceous has an elevation of approximately 4,700 feet and is overlain by a cemented and resistant bed 8 feet thick composed of boulders, cobbles, and gravel forming the base of the Ogallala formation. This basal Pliocene conglomerate forms the lip of a falls some 15 feet in height. The upper limit of the Cretaceous ® Geologic sections offer the most effective method of illustrating the geo- logic sequence. Areal mapping of the deposits proved unsatisfactory because of the difficulty in delimiting the deposits in plan and because of the large per- centage of outcrops confined to vertical or near-vertical cliffs. The original sections were made in the field on a horizontal scale of 1 inch to 100 feet and a vertical scale of I inch to 20 feet. Basic topographic control was obtained from a 1941 survey by Robert H. Merrill. Secondary control was developed with a hand level and used primarily for the location of contacts. ————— rrr ™NCSS Ee ‘Y AIMSY dS suOT}VIO] IOV “oS UOf UBS dy} JO SUOT}IIS DISOJOIS [e1auay—Z “O1J TWIILH3A ae Ip6/ ‘11442W H 742904 SS Se ive —anonte 02 g AeAsnS wos j042U0QD 21ydesbodoy BG Oe or ues o43 UL Peg YSy eeeee ricer aut : w420y deg euaroiidg, [ssstate| uop ues ey ul de) uo) voiqewso, uoAue) pues UT (auazod) fFe.suic: (uo1zewsoy eye)je69 payoee7) V voizewsoy eje}je69 payseajun Geuna visas pues jeseg Moe wed HoT ues GV, Bole sot Puce 3N3901S131d VOL. I2I NOILYNW1dx4 18-8 NOIL93S | easy 013008 a 2U0203S!0}q4 SORES w61G Uead!Hy dios ‘wy uokuey pues poqelqueessipup u! pueg peqe!quas8441pun pue WNIAnji|\y Us2epow wW-V NOILDSS SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS "YT anes501 age oot peg us Me peg usy re MoAagS CUEMeS ejndeo ET be 9U28909S191q4 4019995 Zz ely i a cli ahs @U.8903S181d paye!quasass!pun uy puag Seer Eecerslae paqei3u2es944!pun 16 JUDSON JON SITE GEOLOGY OF THE SAN NO. -Z pue % sainSy 998 sUOTed0] JOT ‘dHS UCL UG AY} Je UO}}LALIXS DISOTOIYIIe JO Skate FO SUOTIaS IWBOJOIN—'g “OV "B,ESo2!1 tp6l YUO!ZeUI|99q “ipia4uay aaqgoy Aq Aansng wo1y joaqUu0) 214deubod Siyeubew s6urseaq iv {vel itt WH 949q9y 4qQ Aansng J JoaqUOD BI1Yde4bOdo) KG'z uolqesabbexQ jed1q4aA JeqQUOZIIOY 3894 09 Ov oz ° 3994 OS! ool os (0) . hey UsBIO F pay Y (eye11260 payee) a auoz Wh pues jeseg ented 30 pues a7!um WS vowgeu04 uinianiy Apues TU | ideo treat —_—— es zee WMIANIIY P®Y YW pues wntanijy siwny-Aadel9 A Pathe an e@occe Ae\) Apues uaei9 Un cave uhiouspuBinesun CG. Oe 7 BORO OR OS oes ee © © © ee oe . ee @useh.e: 6150 6059550) Seem, a 2) CeCe) Omelet Sielenel es welnie Deny O OnCNONO Oc, Cee gnaw e . eM elle:iolla bien iunvenl sevice>(efis) 0) 0ge poh mac ae tame ren sia ells AALS, 4 oe @ e ‘ eiieielic civemelenenens lens witeiehelia-te) (eee eheln® c ° | au0z yo ejndeos uosig pue 4.00) UBIPI9soqoi4g 2 VW3uV uosig uosig pue (uoiq99¢ u! puag) quiog () 4404 48019 -- ozsr —4 192 Gag ,sq412q0y eo eeeeg & Ce ny viene el one Cece a OD ea anemeiieneceine..» 4, 4, G 910 N3S8lH ia y uosig uosig pue *w4 uoAuej pues — squlog Eun, (E4A7E] (09, (uo1q2ag ul puag) Nts 991 bag ,squeqoy } 18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I in the profiles of figure 7 is shown as an irregular but essentially horizontal plane projected into the basin from the top of the Creta- ceous in this falls. Patches of the basal Ogallala conglomerate similar to that at the falls may very well be present between the Basal Sand and the Cretaceous within the basin, but this possibility is not indicated in the sections. The Basal Sand is contained within near-vertical walls of the cal- careous Ogallala formation. Its friable nature and relatively even grade size suggests an eolian origin. However, a careful examination of the deposit both at the San Jon site and at other breached depres- sions along the northern escarpment of the Llano Estacado has shown that it is decalcified Ogallala formation (Judson, 1950). Plate 4, figure I, shows the relation of this residuum, the Basal Sand, to as yet unaltered Ogallala formation. It was the partial deflation of this Basal Sand that created the original depression in which were laid down the deposits at the San Jon site. The upper part of the Basal Sand is of most immediate interest. It is whitish and free of the diffused iron oxide that gives the brown color to the rest of the sand. There is a strong vertical jointing. Calcareous concretions and iron-manganese flecks occur. There are also clay-filled cracks which cut across and are obviously later than jointing and concretions. Below this zone there are bands of limonite stain. All the phenomena represent changes brought about in the Basal Sand by action begun at its upper and eroded surface. They are connected with, and the result of, processes that produced the overlying beds. SAN JON FORMATION * The San Jon formation rests on the nearly horizontal but slightly irregular top of the Basal Sand. Its thickness is controlled by the basin in which it was deposited and by the extent of subsequent erosion. The deepest part of the depositional basin was to the north nearer to the head of the present canyon than to the southern edge of the basin. At the end of San Jon time the thickest part of the deposit in the depression was at the lowest part of the basin. Later erosion, however, has reduced the original thickness, and it is probable that a complete and uneroded section is not encountered except in the southern portion of the basin. At places near the center of the basin where the original thickness is best preserved the formation is over 7 The name “San Jon formation” is here proposed to include those strata here- inafter described. It derives its name from the San Jon site and exposures there developed are considered to represent the type exposures. — VOLES 121, NOW 1, PE. 4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS ( ®) S ) ‘F oInSy vas UoT}PeIO] JOY ( uoleuliof UoAURD pur S C “Oly ‘uocduey) uodI pT ye uoTeU ‘pues yeseg sojesipul Sq ‘ays uof ueg ay} ye ({S) voreuUro} uof URS ay} Ul JoUURYD peorq sury[Yy JUS) 1OF ETeTYeSQ (oYM) Pp aye oyun Pp ue ( Aer: ag oO poyseo'T : (4491) I “2 Oo if ll VOLE. 121, NO: 1, PES SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS (‘1 ‘Sy ‘yy) “pues uMO]G UJOpow Aq pdt9AOD puke pues UMOTG-puIM pjo JO do} ye padopoasp [los Aq patuso}F JID [Jews : (ys )) cSt ‘by oinsy 90s uoT BOO] JO ‘os UOf URS dy} Je pueKS [eseg UL yNO JouURYD SUTTTY UOIeULIO} puLeoy AA 94} JO s}sodep dde149} JSoyStET : (WJe]) “1 “SY NO?) 2 GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 19 40 feet thick. The equivalent reddish alluvium to the south may be somewhat thicker. Although exposures do not exist because the modern arroyos do not cut to the extreme southern edges of the basin, the San Jon formation presumably thins to nothing in this direction. Near the center of the depression the first deposit of zone I is a layer of limonite and manganese oxide. It varies from a paper-thin film to a crust of botryoidal, crystalline iron-manganese oxide 2 to 6 inches thick but in a few places reaches 3 feet in thickness. Over it lies a bleached gray-white sand with layers of red and green clay at the top. This zone is in places 4 feet thick but elsewhere is missing. Laterally to the south the crust and the bleached sand grade into, and are replaced by, 5 to 8 feet of reddish laminated clay and silt. This zone is stained to a greenish tint by green clay films which occupy strong vertical joints in the clay, and near the center of the basin penetrate downward from the top of the clay into the Basal Sand. Fragments of proboscidian teeth and a bison scapula have been taken from the top of these laminated clays at a locality in the first gulch west of area 2. (See profile A-A’, fig. 7, and profile of area 2, fig. 8.) Toward the south these laminated clays grade in turn into a compact reddish alluvium with clay zones. Near and at the top of the clay are discontinuous bodies of fine gray-white tuff which constitute zone 2 of the San Jon formation. Where present this tuff zone is a distinctive horizon. It is composed of minute fragments ranging in size from 0.005 mm. to 0.15 mm. in diameter. There is no apparent uniformity in the shape of the individ- ual shards. Some are the angular fragments of shattered vesicle walls ; others are lathlike in shape, and still others are vesicular. Approxi- mately 95 percent or more of the tuff is made up of a glass having an index of about 1.500. Small phenocrysts and some isolated crystal fragments of orthoclase and, to a lesser extent, of sodic feldspar and quartz constitute the balance of the ash. Some finely disseminated calcite and some iron staining has been introduced after the deposition of the tuff. Other bodies of tuff are known in the region and are mentioned in subsequent pages. Swineford and Frye (1946) distinguish between the Pliocene and Pleistocene volcanic-ash beds of western Kansas on stratigraphic posi- tion as well as on the optical and physical properties of the individual shards. The bulk of the Pleistocene ash deposits described by them is assigned to the Pearlette ash, which occurs in discontinuous beds from western Texas to Iowa in deposits of late Kansan and Yar- mouthian age (Frye, Swineford, and Leonard, 1948). Although the 20 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I ash at the San Jon site exhibits petrographic similarities to the Pearl- ette ash its stratigraphic position indicates it to be late Pleistocene in age. The nature of the phenocrysts within the San Jon ash may eventually serve to distinguish it petrographically from the mid- Pleistocene Pearlette ash. The limonite crust appears to have been deposited in an open body of water in which its botryoidal top could freely form. The laminated clay is also a deposit of standing water. It is presumable, therefore, that zone I of the San Jon formation was deposited in a fairly deep pond. The clay settled out on the southerly portion of the bottom of this pond, whereas the central portion was relatively free of silt and here chemical precipitation of limonite took place. Limonite is commonly deposited in waters that are slightly acid in reaction by the intervention of the iron bacteria, nonspecific bacteria, and other microorganisms (Starkey, 1945). The acid reaction arises by reason of decaying vegetation and most of such deposits are in lakes or swamps in cool temperate climates. The mere presence of a per- manent pond in this region in a watershed as small as that involved implies a climate somewhat cooler and moister than that of the present. Toward the close of deposition of the red-green clays this water body dried up, presumably more than once, and the deep cracks were formed. Clay was washed into the cracks. The cracks extend into the Basal Sand previously described and near the center of the basin the Basal Sand is lime-bearing and has a vertical columnar structure. These phenomena seem to be related to the presence of the pond and to its subsequent drying toward the end of deposition of zone 2. As this was presumably a slow process it is inferred that the pond formed and reformed. The discontinuous small bodies of tuff came in at this time. This fine volcanic ash was derived from an ash shower of a distant volcano. Within the basin its thickness ranges from paper thinness to 1.5 feet. Elsewhere in the region bodies of tuff of similar character and pre- sumably due to the same ash fall reach 4 to 12 feet in thickness. If at the time of the ash shower the tuff at the site was thicker and more continuous than now, it has been eroded and carried away by the wind during the periodic drying-up of the pond. Above the volcanic-ash horizon and near the center of the basin, zone 3 is a hard, compact, columnar-jointed, blue clay which passes laterally into a sandy, greenish clay. Both the blue and green clays grade upward and laterally into a reddish sand, which is also silty, compact, and vertically jointed, containing here and there clayey beds. Southward from the center of the basin red and green clays or reddish NOS GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 21 alluvium make up both zones 1 and 3 and are indistinguishable unless separated by lenses of the tuff which constitutes zone 2. Rounded iron-manganese nodules averaging one-quarter of an inch in diameter are common throughout zone 3 and in the clayey and silty portions of zone 1. They are hard, pitted pellets where exposed to the air but slightly softer on fresh exposure. Calcite concretions and plates are also characteristic of the same horizons. The plates occupy vertical joints and horizontal bedding planes. Within the clay and alluvium and lying between the bedding planes and in the joint system are roughly round concretions ranging from one-eighth to one-half inch in diameter. In places the calcite penetrates cracks and breaks in the iron-manganese pellets and plates. Thus the calcite is obviously later in time than the iron manganese. Both the calcite plates and concretions are hard and when broken with the hammer exhibit a fibrous structure. The large amount of calcite and its hard- ness is a distinguishing feature of the San Jon formation. Shells of Helisoma tenue sinuosum (Bonnet) are common. The San Jon formation was laid down in a pond that became increasingly smaller until it had dried completely, except in its central portion where the blue clays were probably always wet during the period of deposition. The iron-manganese oxides were presumably precipitated when the pond was relatively deep. The calcite was deposited at a later date. SAND CANYON FORMATION ® The Sand Canyon formation overlies the San Jon formation un- conformably. It lies in broad and, in most places, flat-bottomed channels, which lead northward to the canyon (pl. 3; pl. 4, fig. 2). Much of the deposit has been removed by the cutting of the existing arroyos which tended to follow these old channelways. Presumably there once existed a broad area of the formation just south of the head of the canyon, but all this material has been removed by erosion. The thickness varies from a thin cover over the San Jon forma- tion to 20 to 30 feet in the axes of the channels. At one locality the formation is 50 feet thick. On the south near the heads of the gullies the Sand Canyon overlaps the alluvial beds of the San Jon in an indistinguishably thin sheet. 8 The name “Sand Canyon formation” is proposed for those deposits hereinafter described. It derives its name from Sand Canyon, a local designation for the dissected depression containing the San Jon site. Exposures there developed are considered to represent the type exposures. 22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 The Sand Canyon consists of a reddish-brown alluvium with beds and laminae of sand, humic and silty clay ranging from paper thin- ness to 2 or 3 feet in thickness. The clayey layers have a strong vertical jointing such as develops in grassy places along streamways today. Iron-manganese nodules are common, but calcium carbonate exists only in small tubules and along the joints in the formation. There is much less lime than in the San Jon formation, a distinguishing cri- terion. It is possible that the iron-manganese nodules are secondarily derived from the underlying San Jon formation. Bones of Bison bison, the modern species, and associated “Collat- eral” Yuma-type projectile points have been found near the base of the formation.® A Clear Fork (?) point, also in association with modern bison, was found at a slightly higher level in the same forma- tion. The shells of Helisoma tenue sinuosum (Bonnet) are found throughout the formation. WHEATLAND FORMATION ?° The present aspect of the arroyos and gullies of the site suggest rapid and extraordinary erosion beyond the gloomiest dreams of the soil conservationist. Inspection demonstrates, however, that these gullies, reaching in places 100 feet in depth, have developed over a considerable period of time and with successive stages of reversal of erosion and effective alluviation. These stages are shown by terrace remnants which occur as scraps or fragments hanging on the walls of the gullies or on the points between gullies (pl. 3; pl. 5, fig. 1). The terrace sediments comprise the Wheatland formation. Each of these terrace remnants consists of a fine basal gravel, mostly of fragments of concretions from the Ogal- lala sandstone, and of sand. The sand and gravel layer is 1 to 3 feet 9 Roberts (1942) originally suggested that these points showed affinities to the Eden Valley Yuma. In a personal communication, however, dated March 16, 1948, he writes: “Since writing my report [Roberts, 1942] and seeing Howard’s later article in American Antiquity [Howard, 1943] I am doubtful as to whether this type should be called Eden Valley Yuma. It unquestionably belongs in the category formerly called Collateral, but possibly should be con- sidered as Scottsbluff rather than Eden.’ The points are hereafter referred to in this report as “Collateral” Yuma. 10 The name ‘‘Wheatland formation” is here proposed to include those strata at the San Jon site hereinafter described and the exposures at the site are con- sidered as type exposures. The name is derived from the town of Wheatland 43 miles south of the site. (Figs. 1, 5.) INO TL GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—-JUDSON 23 thick and overlies an irregular surface cut in the older formations. In places, a rubble of clay fragments takes the place of the basal gravel, and 5 to 15 feet of gray sand and silty sand which at the top is a dark, grass-covered soil, overlies the basal gravel and represents aggradation of the stream channels. The highest terrace has a base 20 to 25 feet above the grade of the streams at points nearest the head of the canyon. The base rises rapidly and near the heads of the gullies is 60 to 70 feet above the grade of the arroyos. In these southerly localities this terrace occupies considerable areas. The two lower terraces have bases at 8 to 10 feet and 1 to 5 feet above present grades. When fully developed they were confined to narrow areas along the gullies. Each terrace records a downcutting of streams through the Sand Canyon and older formations with a stabilization of grades and a later slight alluviation. This episode was repeated three times before the present stream grades were established. At places in the highest terrace, bones of Bison bison have been excavated. These bones give no critical evidence as to the time interval separating this terrace deposit from the present. The dates of the episodes of erosion and sedimentation involved in the three terraces fall within the interval spanned by the Wheatland formation and estimated in a subsequent section. RELATION OF CULTURAL AND FAUNAL MATERIAL TO THE, DEPOSITS Extensive archeologic excavations at the San Jon site by Roberts during the summer of 1941 (Roberts, 1942) and test trenches by Hibben in 1940 have produced a sequence of cultural material asso- ciated with the bones of animals, some of them now extinct. Although the amount and variation of the material are disappointingly small, enough information has been gained to demonstrate four distinct cultural horizons. These horizons can be tied to the deposits of the site as diagrammatically suggested in figure 9. The stratigraphic position of the material is in accord with the conclusion of the archeologist that it includes four different time horizons separated by intervals of varying duration. The oldest cultural horizon is represented by a single point, called by Roberts (1942, p. 8 and fig. 2a) the San Jon point. It was found in area 2 in association with the heavily mineralized bones of an extinct bison, probably Bison taylori (Roberts, 1942, p. 8 and ftn. 2). The point and the bone were embedded in a clayey-silt bed near the I2I VOL. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 24 ‘OHS UOf URS dy} 3e sHsodap oUaI0}sI9[q 23] 0} [elIa}eU PeuNey pue [esn}z]Nd Jo UOTLIII MOYs 0} YO}OyS IjeuIUeISLIG—6 ‘ory coe et ee ew te te eee et woe eee eae eee eeeeee® © © oe wo oF Sie S559) 0) (S06 a 0 1a's) eto) See 62° @ ene 9.90 9) 0016, © © OC @ gig 6 6ixe ade449] Mot adeusa] 97e!powsequ| = a 3 UOIZEWIOJ PUE|ZEIUAA Sere) S106) 8) 6 © @peug Weas3{s UNAPOW we S\e5e Gis! e.i5 0:6 @ « o 0 @| ee eee ee twee eee eee dey uo} | auoz qyews04 uor ues Zz au0oz VILL LES Lt qulog wosjo4 Ajqissog pue uosig 4yu!lyxg ‘QUIOog uor a, p Z) uol € au0Z \uosiq UOSIG-SYUIOg CUINA | [e197ZL|(0D,, uosiq UdSIg —SyUlod (é) 4404 4ea\) uoIqew4o04 uoAuey pues Jelsazey au03s UeIquinjoy -as1qg 93e7 uiseg 40 Asaydisag punouy Szisodaq jeisigans NOsy I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 25 top of zone 3 of the San Jon formation (figs. 8 and 9). The upright position of articulated leg bones within the deposit suggests that the animals died after miring in a shallow pond. The almost complete absence of all but leg bones further suggests that the bulk of the carcasses were removed by scavenging animals or by man (Roberts, 1942, p. 8). A true Folsom point was found on the surface along a ridge 500 feet to the north as indicated in figure 4 and plate 3. Although this point was not found in situ it appeared to be raveling out of clays belonging to the same horizon as that containing the San Jon point. The horizon also contained fragments of bone similar in amount of mineralization to that associated with the San Jon point. The second horizon recognized contains the “Collateral” Yuma points in association with the slightly fossilized bones of Bison bison excavated in the Hibben dig area. These points have been obtained by both Roberts and Hibben and are also included among the points collected by Keith Martin, discoverer of the site, and turned over to the Museum of Anthropology at Santa Fe. The points and bones occur in the base of the Sand Canyon formation. The amount of time involved between the end of San Jon time and the beginning of Sand Canyon time was of considerable extent and will be considered later at some length. The third horizon also occurs within the Sand Canyon formation but at a slightly higher stratigraphic position than do the Yuma points. It is represented by a point bearing some similarities to the Clear Fork types of west Texas (Roberts, 1942, p. 10). The bones of Bison bison were found with the point, but they were slightly less mineralized than were those found with the Yuma points. Shallow trenches along the eastern slopes of the depression pro- duced stone material obviously of a comparatively late culture, prob- ably slightly pre-Spanish in age. The artifacts were found just below the grass roots within surficial deposits equivalent in age to some phase of terrace formation within the site itself during Wheatland time. No artifact material has been removed from the Wheatland for- mation represented by the terrace deposits although the bones of modern bison have been found within the highest terrace as previously noted. : CONCLUSIONS The sequence of beds at the San Jon site presents problems that require further discussion and amplification. Nevertheless simple inferences can be made from the material thus far presented. 26 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I 1. A depression, to be the future location of the San Jon site, was formed in the Ogallala formation by alternate leaching and deflation. This depression was formed during some portion of Pleistocene time as climate alternated between moist and arid or semiarid. This depression was bottomed by the Basal Sand. 2. In this depression of the Plains underlain by the Basal Sand a pond existed and gradually became shallower and less constant as the San Jon formation was deposited. A volcanic-ash shower occurred while this deposit was being laid down. During the latter part of this period the people who made the San Jon points, and possibly also a true Folsom people, occupied the area. Proboscideans were present during the early stages of deposition, and extinct bison watered here during human occupation of the late stages of depositions. 3. Following the deposition of this formation the depression was breached and was dissected by broad channels. 4. In these channels the Sand Canyon formation was deposited partly as alluvium and partly in temporary evanescent ponds along the streamways. During this period the people who made the “Col- lateral” Yuma and the Clear Fork (?) points occupied the area. By this time the modern bison had replaced the large bison and the elephant was probably extinct. 5. Erosion then began on the present drainage lines and the existing deep arroyos were cut in stages represented by three terraces, the sediments of which are termed the Wheatland formation. During these time intervals the area was occupied, but the sequence of cultures is as yet indefinite. 6. The human occupation at the San Jon site is correlated with a series of events which are reflected in the local deposits and erosional intervals. 7. The human occupation is also closely related to one of the depres- sions of the Plains. Before discussing the geographic extent of the events recorded at the site it is fitting to consider the role of the depressions and human occupance of the Plains. DEPRESSIONS AND OCCUPANCE OF THE PLAINS The history of human occupance of the Plains has been dominated in large part by the depressions. This dominance is less apparent today than it was 50 years ago or when aboriginal peoples roamed the Plains. It is still important, nevertheless, for here man has found water not only in the lakes but also in shallow wells, which tap soft water at economical depths. Most of the pasture land of today surrounds these depressions. NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—-JUDSON 27 The Indians, recent and ancient, were of necessity more sensitive to their environment than are modern men. When on the Plains they depended almost entirely on these shallow lakes for water. Moreover, the game on which they lived watered here, and a mired buffalo or elephant was easy prey for a hungry Indian. The more prominent of the sand hills east of the lakes provided still another attraction for the migrant hunters of the past. These hills offered them not only a commanding camp site from which they could see for great distances in all directions, but they were also well drained. On all the higher hills examined by the writer, evidence of Indian occupation is present. The depressions drew the Indians to them not only during the moist periods of the past but even during the dry periods, although pre- sumably the population of the Plains was smaller than during the periods of more effective rainfall. Unfortunately, our knowledge of cultural successions on the Plains is as yet incomplete. As that knowledge expands, however, it should key to, and be explained in large part by, the depressions of the Plains and the variations in climate from dry to moist. The San Jon site contributes a few facts to this picture. The people who made the San Jon point, and probably the Folsom point, hunted around the small lake which once occupied the now-dissected depression. The mere presence of the lake suggests a climate moister than the present. Whether these peoples camped around this lake is not known. Cer- tainly the lake’s strategic position with respect to the Valley Plains of the Canadian to the north and the High Plains to the south, along with water and game, would provide a logical setting for a camp site. If one or more camp sites once existed they were either destroyed by erosion or lie buried under more recent deposits. One would expect that primitive hunters would not camp directly on the lake margin but on higher, better-drained ground to the east and south of the lake where a commanding view of the surrounding country could be obtained. If this be true then the camp sites have been either destroyed by erosion or mantled by subsequent eolian deposits. Following the occupation by the San Jon—Folsom people, a period of erosion occurred during which the depression was breached, the lake drained, and the basin partially dissected. As will be discussed later, this stage is thought to coincide with a dry period. Whatever the climate, we have no cultural record from this interval, perhaps because people were absent from the area, but more probably because no deposits representing this interval have been found. The next record of human occupance is that of the people who made the “Collateral” Yuma points, closely followed by people using 28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 points having affinities to the Clear Fork complex of Texas. The conditions of burial indicate that these people enjoyed a climate moister than the preceding dry period and probably moister than that of the present. The camp sites of these peoples are also unknown. No longer was there a lake to attract man but small pools or charcos must have existed along the drainageways. If the Yuma and Clear Fork (?) peoples maintained camp sites here they are now destroyed or as yet undiscovered. The more recent history of the San Jon site is recorded by remnants of three terraces. These periods of alluviation were interrupted by progressive downward cutting of the streams until the modern drain- age was established. What relation human occupance of the site bears to these periods of alluviation and erosion is not clearly understood. Roberts (1942, pp. 10-12) reports the presence of a comparatively late culture from shallow sites around the peripheries of the basin. What relation the physical events at the site bear to this culture is unknown. SUMMARY The Pleistocene deposits of the San Jon site lie within a depression now breached and partially dissected. As shown by an examination of this site and of other breached depressions along the northern escarpment and confirmed by studies of undrained depressions on the Plains, these depressions were formed by the deflation of locally leached areas of the Ogallala formation. Deflation has been in progress intermittently since the beginning of the Pleistocene. The depressions were excavated in warm, dry periods, and deposition occurred in cool, wet periods. The depressions have been important geographic factors in the utilization of the Plains by aboriginal peoples. Further- more, they contain deposits which duplicate in part the events recorded from the San Jon site. This duplication is important for it permits the assertion that the deposits at the San Jon site do not represent locally restricted and unique events, but rather events which have some geographic extension on the adjacent High Plains. This extension of the San Jon sequence to the adjacent Plains is considered below. PLEISTOCENE STRATIGRAPHY IN THE VICINITY OF THE SAN JON SITE GENERAL STATEMENT In addition to the deposits at the San Jon site the writer has studied in some detail the Pleistocene stratigraphy of the surrounding area. This area, although ill-defined, extends in a general way from the NOTE GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—-JUDSON 29 Texas—New Mexico line on the east to a line approximately 5 miles west of Tucumcari and from the Canadian River on the north to Grady on the south. The northern escarpment of the Llano Estacado divides the area into two irregular portions, a section of the Southern High Plains to the south, hereafter referred to as the Plains, and a large segment of the Valley Plains of the Canadian River to the north, termed the Valley in subsequent pages. The various phases of the late Pleistocene stratigraphy, lacustrine, alluvial eolian, and erosional, are listed chronologically in table 2, a con- densed presentation of late Pleistocene geologic history. The deposits described from the San Jon site have their counterparts throughout the area and are identified in the field on the basis of lithology, fossil and artifact content, and stratigraphic position. Furthermore, the disconformities recorded at the site are represented elsewhere not only by erosion but by wind activity and the accumulation of eolian deposits. Certain other events, such as the deposition of fresh- water limestone, the formation of the “cover” of the Plains, and the planation of pediments in the Valley, antedate the oldest Pleistocene deposit of the San Jon site. However, the position of these older events within the late Pleistocene is poorly defined. Therefore the most complete part of the record begins with San Jon time and con- tinues to the present. This is the period spanned by the so-called “Alluvial Chronology” (Bryan, 1941), a sequence of events and time intervals now established in many parts of the Southwest and thus of utmost importance to this discussion. The recognizable fragments of this sequence, now exposed at various localities on the Plains and in the Valley are described in the pages immediately following. From the description and discussion of this sequence, summarized in table 2, it will be evident that there has been an alternation of deposition in ponds and streams, with erosion of channels, deflation of depressions, and accumulations of eolian deposits. A detailed consideration of the implications of the “Alluvial Chronology” is given in a later section. CHARACTERISTICS OF LATE PLEISTOCENE FORMATIONS SAN JON FORMATION The lacustrine phase of the San Jon formation is predominately clayey in texture and may be blue, red, green, or brown. The fluvial deposits are sandy to silty alluvium, red to brown. The deposits of both phases are extremely compact and in most instances impossible to crumble between the fingers. They are characterized by a well- developed joint system along which have been deposited alluvial clay. Lime carbonate forms nodules independent of the joint system and AN3W!I03d HOIH JO ONILLIND AN3WI03d HOIH JO NOILD3SSIO “SNIV 1d 3HL JO wn YZAODn SO Luvd JO NOILVWYOJ G3LVILNSYZSSIGNN 3NOLS3WIT A1394v1 ‘SLISOd3G 3NINLSNOVI LN3W!IG3d MO? JO ONILLND SNOISS34d30 JO NOILvW1330 30VvYu9 W90N030 NYZCOW 3O LN3WHSIIGVLiS3 ONY AN3WIG3d MOT JO NOILD3SSIC ‘NOSIG LONILX3 ONY HLOWWYW ‘SLNIOd WOST04 A1GvVGOUd “LNIOd NOF NVS SNIVLNOD 3LIS NOF NVS tv 3AOadV SV Q3LISOd3Q NOILVWYOS NOP NvVS JO SLN3WIG3S AWIT ‘LdvdWOD ¢é MOS SIHL NI SLNIOd M3IANIV 1d SNOZ 10S LN3JWd013A390 ‘HLOIS ONV 3SYOH HLOWANWW SNIVLNOD “NOILVWuOS NOF NYS JO WOIANTIY AWIT LOVdWOD AYBA E je) SNOISS3Yd30 Y3HLO GNV J3LIS NOrF NYS 3O ONIHDV3YG “NOILYWYOS NOrF NYS 30 ONITSNNVHD GNW NOISOY3 BAISN3LX3 “SNOISS3Y¥d30 JO NOILv1330 S3NNQ JO NOILVWWYOS NOILvWuos (vw) 3NOZ 10S 3O LN3Wd073A30 NOANVD ONVS JO WNIANTIV AWIT LYHM3WOS “LOVdWOD ‘aSv@ uVv3N NOSIG NYSGOW HLIM SLNIOd WANA wo WYILVIIOOn GNY ¢ WHOS YVI1D 3LIS NOF NVS Lv ‘3JAO9V Sv G3LISOd3G NOILWWuos NOANVD GNVWS 4O SLN3WIG3S AWI1 LVYHM3WOS ‘ LOVdWOD NOILYWYOs (¥) NOANYD ONVS JO ONINZNNVHD GNWY NOISOY83 3WOS ALIAILSVY GONIM 3WOS 3NOZ 10S NOILVWYOS (8) JO LN3Wd013A30 NOANVD GNVS JO WNIANTIYV AWIT LYHM3WOS ‘LOVdWOD NOI LVWuYOS (3) NOANYD ONVS JO ONIT3NNVHD ONY NOISOYZ “SNOISS3Yd3d 4O NOILV1430 S3NNQ 4O NOILVWWyO4 “LN3NdYVOS3 YV3N SWV3YLS LYOHS NI STSNNVHD Ni QNW SNOISS3Yd30 JO $3d071S NO ‘SGNOd NI SLN3WIG3S 3S007 “ST3NNVHD NI NOILVWYOS IONVILW3SHM JO WNIANNW 390071 3NOZ 110S JO LN3Wd0713A30 SQNOd NYZ0OW Ni WYISIWIHd3 SWY3u81S ANVYW NO ONILLND T3NNVWHD NO!IL!ISOd30 S3NNG NY3cdOW SNIVId SHL 3O 3SVHd WIANTIY * ANIYLSNSVI AATIWA SHL JO SSVHd WWIANTIV 3SVHd NOISOYS S3SVHd NVI103 omxrayy Mary uUsajsva ust Kydv«bypoajs auarojsia,d ayn] fo saspyg snorspa ayy fo uoipja440j—'z TIVY a39v NI NOrF NVS-— 3ud 3N390LS131d 31LV7 G3LVILN38354I0NN 2d FO00VS OL wOIlUd NOrF NYS ‘2G #0002 -+000S 3SVHd TWWYSIHLYOIN ¢OL #39 0002- 00SE (v) NOANYD GNYS 1S0Od Luvd Ni (8) NOANVD ONVS ‘avi av FOOvI - FOOE! oo6!|- + Av OOF! ONVILV3HM 3Lvd OL O06! ASV > r cr ca < > rc @) ai PY) 1e) Fae oO cr 1e) o < 30 NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON Sy! up to 1 inch in diameter. In some exposures, particularly of the lacustrine phase, pellets of iron-manganese oxide about one-quarter of an inch in diameter are characteristic. Volcanic ash is present at several localities, and mammoth, horse, and giant bison are found in some exposures. Mollusca are common but not diagnostic. Nonpot- tery cultures are related to the upper part of the formation. The formation may form a terrace within depressions and along streams. SAND CANYON FORMATION Good exposures of the lacustrine phase of the Sand Canyon have not been seen. The fluvial phase, however, is a red to brown sandy or silty alluvium containing distinct humic zones of darker tone. In the Valley a set of two humic zones tends to be characteristic. The formation is jointed but not to the same degree as is the San Jon formation. Although calcium carbonate has collected along the joint planes and filled root tubules and worm burrows, it does not form concretions independent of these structures. No extinct animals are known from the formation, and Bison bison is characteristic of this and the later Wheatland formation. No pottery has been found in the Sand Canyon but is to be expected from its upper part. Mollusca are again undiagnostic. Along streams it may form a terrace inter- mediate between terraces of the San Jon and Wheatland formations. WHEATLAND FORMATION Exposures of lacustrine deposits of Wheatland age are not known. The fluvial phase consists of a gray, sandy, friable, unjointed alluvium very low in calcium carbonate. It contains Bison bison and traces of pottery cultures. Mollusca are present but undiagnostic. It occupies channels cut in the older formations and at favorable localities is preserved as a low terrace a few feet above the modern stream. SUMMARY OF LATE PLEISTOCENE STRATIGRAPHY OF THE PLAINS Exposures of Pleistocene beds, although rare within the undrained depressions, are present in fortuitous artificial cuts. Beds of this age are, however, more completely exposed in the breached and dissected depressions along the escarpment. The following sections and figures summarize the late Pleistocene stratigraphy of selected localities in the vicinity of the San Jon site: 32 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I TIPTON CANYON Immediately southeast of the San Jon site along an abandoned wagon trail into Tipton Canyon (A, fig. 5) the following section is present: Feet San Jon formation.—Sandy to clayey, reddish, compact alluvium. Cal- cium-carbonate and iron-manganese nodules. Midway in section thinly laminated volcanic ash 4-6 feet thick, petrographically similar to VOLEAMIC ASH at «Son! JON. SItey seis isiecs als 4 cists ¥.slo!aravs.piorsis oid ora asia atere nee 50 disconformity: Leached Ogallala formation—Grades laterally into unaltered lime ce- mented Ogallala formation. Lower contact obscured..............++ T5 GRAPEVINE CANYON Grapevine Canyon is located about 6 miles southeast of the San Jon site (B, fig. 5). In a gulch on the western side of the Canyon the following section is present: Feet Wheatland formation.—Gray, friable, stream deposits in channels cut into Sand Canyon formation. Little calcium carbonate. Contains Bison BESO. (ote teeter fe tence ate caval ue siege ote Grea oiel areieishevaie faios!o:ohoteker tenets pel cpere faerie 0-5 * ——disconformity Sand Canyon formation—Reddish alluvium occupying channels cut in San Jon formation. Crumbled with difficulty between fingers. Calcium carbonate along joint planes and in root tubules. Scattered charcoal and fragments of charred bone in upper few inches...............- 0-10 —disconformity San Jon formation—Well-compacted clay sand, silt, and gravel predomi- nately lacustrine. Calcium carbonate locally in concentrations 1 foot thick. One of these contains volcanic ash similar to that of San Jon site. Pellets of iron and manganese oxides + inch in diameter....... 0-40 ——disconformity: Pleistocene “cap rock.” —Fragments of Pliocene “cap rock” recemented by the calcium carbonate..... sells Ghats Gh overt Rhchtings ralaelasleceye Te ekeleteerstaveye ene tats 2 ——disconformity: Leached Ogallala formation.—Buff unconsolidated sand derived by leach- ing of Ogallala sandstone in place. Lower contact not seen.......... ca. 100 angular unconformity: Purgatoire formation.—(Cretaceous). NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—-JUDSON 33 DEADMAN’S CANYON At head of Deadman’s Canyon which is located between Tipton and Grapevine Canyons (fig. 5) lies a small breached depression. The section is given below and illustrated in figure 10. 100 200 Feet Vertical Exaggeration 2X — . . Siehee 0 eleisey #) (Os @ie sie SARO SOROS OLO TRON O.FOs eC: SOKO COS CRS Opn CIO ORE oin TOROO tO Rs OR OOE OOO SOBDEOLO Beenie OupaOe Seite) a) a eet miiekenio hema Lene nee: Ome N10 Ne Oe e el ieiieiteite Sette em aieta pai go taieeee & Sui@) 16) te) 6/0! le Leela Nerie heme (ener ee ome Ne Wheatland Formation (TT Sand Canyon Formation V/A San Jon Formation 00000000 Ped i ment Gravel Chinle Formation — Triassic Oo 100 200 Feet Pleistocene Vertical Exaggeration 2X% Fic. 18.—Section showing relation of pediments to late Pleistocene formations at Firepit Arroyo. HODGES SITE The Hodges site, consisting of two rock shelters, is located along Plaza Larga at point D, figure 1. The geology of the site is reported by Judson (in press) and the archeology by Dick (in press). Here deposits of wind-blown sand are trapped between deposits of Wheat- land and Sand Canyon age." This sand represents the erosional inter- val between Sand Canyon and Wheatland time. Pottery in the sand is dated by Dick (in press) as having a maximum range of A.D. 1150 to 1300. MESA REDONDA Excellent exposures of the San Jon formation are present along the eastern foot of Mesa Redonda, an outlier of the plains. They are found in sections 35 and 36, T.9 N., R. 31 E., along small streams tributary to Barranca Arroyo (see E, fig. 1). The formation is a brick-red, very compact, well-jointed alluvium. Clay films are found along joint planes. Lime carbonate also found along joints as well as root tubules and as nodules averaging one-half inch in diameter. 11 The San Jon, Sand Canyon, and Wheatland formations are referred to by Judson (in press) as fills No. 1, 2, and 3, respectively. 46 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Deposits are terrace remnants up to 30 feet above modern grade. Bones of extinct animals occur in SWINE} sec. 35. Nelson J. Vaughan, collecting in 1930 for the Colorado Museum of Natural History, removed parts of several mammoths (4 juveniles and 1 adult), ground-sloth teeth, and the lower jaw of a horse.** No evi- dence of associated human activity was reported by Vaughan or seen by the writer. BARRANCA ARROYO Late Pleistocene deposits are well displayed along this arroyo, but the best single cut seen by the writer was found on a small tributary ——Ee ee ee TUT TT ———— “UlaS x Gee eat oetoe Sate ee Sn RRe See ee 0-3 —disconformity: Sand Canyon formation.—Reddish compact alluvium with lime carbonate along joint planes and root tubules. Lies disconformably above wind- blown" ‘Sagid 22: igetaiiix scissor Neer eke Ot as Oe Ree 0-10 — disconformity: Wind-blown sand #2.—Buff-colored sand laid along eroded surface of San Jon formation and wind-blown sand #1. Sand becomes red toward upper surface. Top 2 inches a soft calcareous sandstone north of highway (section A, fig. 21). Mineralized bone and undiagnostic Scrapers iound, in the sand as indicated 5: ../ni's «saci acide se Oe eee 0-15 —disconformity: San Jon formation—Brick-red, jointed, compact alluvium with nodules of lime carbonate up to 4 inch in diameter. Lowest 10 feet of the de- posit is clayey alluvium, above this more sandy. North of Route 66 it lies over the wind-blown sand #1. Bases of two projectile points not found in place may have come from upper contact of San Jon with wind-blown sand #2 where some chips were found. One base is Plainview in aspect, the other Scottsbluff-Yuma...............0e0e. 0-15 —disconformity: Wind-blown sand #1—On the north side of the highway a wind-blown sand lies beneath the San Jon formation. It is red in color, contains a few stringers of clay, and is partially cemented by lime carbonate. Base MOE SEEM: 55 Haiaiatits ST3NNVHD avoua ee oh 1 lt Ole = 9007 39VLS VWNHVDIXIHD ————-——--+ t-— ONVS GNV AV19 ind ST3NNVHD GvOuG ---4 ! cc Ol€ FE9v!) 39vLS Oxvd3d QNvS ONV Av1> ind ST3NNVHD GvOud ‘OV OOF! Y31L3Vv BYNLIND AYBLLOd SLUS Y3ddN dO NOILISOd30 SONILLND TAINNVHD NY30OW ¢$99! 3ONIS ev (i761) SAZLNVY ONY S37AVS VNOZIYV “MVC YSLVM3_LIHM VIG/ISOGOYd RR ORTON NOLLWWuOS r 4°28 0009 CSI OL uOlud (asvud TWWuY3HLvoaW) wWAWILdO AWIdNv19-1S0dn NOILYWHOJ 193SL é€F Ig 0002 NOISOWS AISISSOd 39v NMONYNN (3) JO NOlLWdND5O | NOILVWHO3 193SL ‘av OO€! inogsv Aigvgoud ‘av 00S! 3Y0430 ‘Av 002! Yy313sVv NOILDV GNIM 3WOS AIGISSOd QNvY NOISOY3 NOILVWYOS ‘aw OOE! WHVN Yy3L3V ONILLND TANNVHD NY3ZGOW S3NNQ NY3GOW + 0161 3DNIS NOILSY LN3S3ud (Sv61'2v6l) YOWH VNOZIYV ‘AYLNNOD IdOH Q3LIYdYSLNIZY Luvd NI SONILLND TANNVHD v “snnoz “SVHAFTI NOIlLWdN330 NMONY ON NOILVWYOS 3JTVUAIN (aswHd AWWY3H1v93W) ino ST3NNVHD avoua NOILDV GNIM X32 1d WOD SYTTAVYEYA NOILVINYOS ALIWVW1V) ¥3MO71 X31IdWOD OOVILNYS | é NOISON3 i —— = ———— snoo3 Y3BAIY SOD3d NOILVWHYOS ALIWW1Vv3 Y3ddN snd0o4 SYOWRSAIN SONILLAD TANNVHD ‘av oor! - 008 SN304 SOSIHD NOILYWHYOS LONY3YOU ONILLAS T3NNVHD NY3JCOW 2 S91 JONIS (1v61) Y3WH37 8 W3edWvd ‘437734 (6€61) NVAUS F NOLLING IV SVX31l “GN3d SIG (4v61) “Iw 13 SGuYTIS 7 SNOISS3Yd3G G3INIVYGNN NIHLIM S3NNILNOD NOILISOdSG 3NINLSNOVT * “SNNOI WYOTAPL NOSIG AV1D WHOHVL “SVHAFTIF W4 SLNIOd WW {3N3D0LS131d JLv71 M3FIANIVId| Gg 3DVYNIL HOIH (3SvHd AvWa3HLv93W) ONILLAD T3NNVHD (2) ‘W434 SNIManr Ws) 1N303u anv o 30vuNaL BLVIGSNY3LNI pNiLino aNNVHO (Agog Nivw) ‘W4 SNVHYNOW WIS 1N393y4 ONV o J°veNaL MO1 NOILOV 0 ONILLND LN3S3Yd | TANNVHD Nu3zGOW NOILOV (4uvd Y3ddN) 4IN3S3Yd | “Wi SNVYHVNOW 4 (Sv61) 3av3aw 2 SNYAZ (iv61) NOLLIN@T¥ 8 NOLONIZINH SVX3L LSIM dO SNIV1d HOIH 3LIS Nor “SNNOI “*IYOTAYL NOSIG “SVHAITF éSLNIOd M3IANIW Id ¢d LNIOd WOS104 LNIOd NOrF NYS ‘O'a 000S -O00vS 340430 NOILYWHOSs Nor NWS ‘Da 0002 ANV OOvS N33M1L39 39vV NMONYNN 4JO NOILvdN350 SNOISS3¥d30 JO NOILv1430 S3NNQ GNvS ONILLND TANNVHD ‘D'8 0002 - OOSE Yy3Lsav — VAWNA wWd3slv1109n NOILVWWu0Ss NOANVD ONVS Y3M07 GNYS NMOTISGNIM nosanr ODIXAW M3N Ne3aisv3a —————— ONILLAD TNNVHD|| INV NO!soua eee ates Se ae +---=----- ‘OV 1 NYHL Lnasivones a2 ‘ON YBLV7 Lyd NI Be daceih NOILISOd3d 3YNLIND ON |SNOISS3yd3q 3WOS NOILoy -Y3HLVD- ONILNAH| 40 NO!LW1430 ania ‘av oovi SWv34LS NO ONY NOISOY3 -O0€! AIGVaOud JONILLND T3NNVHO = NOILYWHOS €°ON G'v +00! Y3LIV ONV1LV3HM NO!ILISOd3G ONILLAD * NOILOV tetas cols hS T3SNNVHD NY3GOW GNIM O16! 3ONIS S3NNdG NY3GOW || GNV, NOISOYN3 NV¥S Lv G31931434 LON x GILINdHILNIZY LYuvd NI + 1’ON NOILISOd3G NOILSV GNIM ONY NOISOY3 v2'ON NOILISOd30 NOILIV GNIM SLN3A3 SAMY INOS IY} UI $214yIO] pajrajas moAf Saanyna uDUINnY pUuD , CBojouosy) [D12N]]f,, AY} {O u01ZD]I410—TV AAV L NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE-—-JUDSON 61 of radiocarbon. The pollen method needs no amplification here. Two studies are of prime importance, however. Both claim an absolute value in terms of our calendar. In 1938 Fromm was able to tie his pollen study to Liden’s varve sequence in Lake Ragunda in Sweden and thus construct an absolute chronology extending from 6700 B.C. to A.D. 900. He considered that the Megathermal Phase began about 5000 B.C., reached a peak about 4200 B.C., and ended with a degen- eration of climate commencing about 3500 B.C. Welten (1944) has studied the pollen in a Swiss bog that contains annual laminations from 7550 B.C. to A.D. 1920. His pollen profile shows a Megathermal Phase extending from perhaps 5400 B.C. and certainly 5000 B.C., reaching a thermal maximum at 4300-4200 B.C., and ending about 3200 BC; Van Winkle (1914) concluded that certain undrained lakes in the Great Basin came into existence about 2000 B.C. Antevs (1948) arbitrarily adds 500 years to this figure and considers that 2500 B.C. is terminal for the Megathermal Phase. The development of the radiocarbon technique holds great promise of adding exactitude to dates in the late Pleistocene throughout the world. Numerous radiocarbon dates have already been released (Libby, 1952). The writer is not in a position to evaluate the exactitude of the dates or the method. Undoubtedly future work will refine the method and encourage more accurate and extensive collection of usable material. Several dates are referred to below with the realization that additional work may demand their revision. Of the radiocarbon dates thus far available a single determination applies directly to the Megathermal Phase. A peat sample from this horizon at Shapwick Heath, Somerset, England, gave an age of 6,044+ 380 years before the present. This agrees with the dates reported by Welten and Fromm. The epicycle of erosion separating the San Jon and Sand Canyon deposition is the most extensive erosional in the “Alluvial Chro- nology.” The evidence also indicates it to be the warmest and inci- dentally the driest in the chronology. Therefore it is correlated with the Megathermal Phase. The Megathermal Phase precedes Sand Canyon time and defines its lower limit. We have already seen that Sand Canyon time ended with an erosional interval which occurred in the fourteenth century A.D. Therefore Sand Canyon time, and hence the Sand Canyon formation, must have begun as temperatures fell from their highest during the Megathermal Phase and continued to the fourteenth cen- tury A.D. The lower limit of Sand Canyon time corresponds to the 62 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 end of the Megathermal Phase, a date which is as yet unfixed and probably varied from place to place. The dates given in a preceding paragraph suggest that it ended between 3500 and 2000 B.C. The “Alluvial Chronology” of southeastern Arizona has been re- ported by Sayles and Antevs (1941). Radiocarbon dates have since been obtained within this chronology. The San Pedro cultural stage reported by Sayles and Antevs is here considered in part contempo- raneous with Sand Canyon time. A single radiocarbon date in this cultural stage is listed as 2,463+310 years (Libby, 1952). This is within the limits suggested above for Sand Canyon time. A radio- carbon date from the Chiricahua cultural stage is listed as 4,006 + 270 years. The Chiricahua stage is stratigraphically below the San Pedro and is separated from older beds by a well-marked erosional interval here presumed to represent the Megathermal Phase. Thus the Chiri- cahua stage is considered to fall within Sand Canyon time. The radiocarbon date is within the limits previously suggested for Sand Canyon time. It has been shown that the Sand Canyon formation is double and that a period of erosion splits the formation. An erosional interval of deposits here correlated with the Sand Canyon formation is reported from southeastern Arizona (Sayles and Antevs, 1941), from north- eastern Arizona (Hack, 1942), from western New Mexico (Leopold and Snyder, 1951), and from Trans-Pecos, Texas (Albritton and Bryan, 1939). One of the difficulties arising in considering the age of the San Jon formation is the lack of adequate exposures. No guarantee exists that the sediments assigned a San Jon age do not actually represent several stages of alluviation separated by intervals of erosion. In any event the ead of San Jon time has been defined by the beginning of the Megathermal Phase or between 5400 and 5000 B.C. Lacking definite evidence to the contrary, San Jon time is considered as uninterrupted by epicycles of erosion. San Jon time was relatively cool and moist. Because of this and because it preceded the Megathermal Phase it is correlated in part with a time when glacial climate obtained to the north. It is reasonable that this time was marked by either the Corral Creek or Long Draw substages of the Rocky Mountains (Bryan and Ray, 1940) and represented elsewhere on the North American continent by the Late Mankato (St. Johnsbury) or Cochrane (?) substages, respectively. The writer knows of no evidence in eastern New Mexico or else- where in the Southwest which would indicate with which substage the earliest formation of the “Alluvial Chronology” is correlative. NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 63 Very probably, however, San Jon time covers both glacial substages and the climatic oscillation which separated them is not reflected in the “Alluvial Chronology.” Radiocarbon dates of the Two Creeks forest beds, Wisconsin, aver- age 11,404 350 years (Libby, 1952). This forest bed is of the same age as the advance of the Valders (Mankato) ice at Two Creeks about 100 miles north of its terminus near Milwaukee. Therefore its maximum stand is younger than the Two Creeks forest bed by some unknown amount. Because the Valders ice produced no marked terminal moraines or outwash plains it is not thought to have stood long at its maximum advance (Thwaites, 1943). The exact age of its maximum advance, however, does not affect this discussion. San Jon time includes the advance, maximum, and retreat of the Mankato ice and the Cochrane stand up until the beginning of the Megathermal Phase between 5400 and 5000 B.C. Furthermore, a radiocarbon date from a horizon near Lubbock, Tex., regarded as Folsom by E. H. Sellards, Grayson Meade and Glen L. Evans, is given as 9,883+350 years (Libby, 1952). This date falls well within the interval suggested for San Jon time and is about 1,500 years younger than the arrival of the Valders ice at Two Creeks, Wis. This ice continued another 100 miles to the south before reaching its greatest advance. Radiocarbon dates from the Sulphur Springs culture of southeastern Arizona (Sayles and Antevs, 1941) are given as 7,756+370 and 6,210+450 years. The sediments in which the culture is entombed are here considered correlative with the San Jon formation. The latter date seems a little young. If correct, it points to a somewhat later beginning for the Megathermal Phase than here suggested. In the preceding discussion the Sand Canyon formation is con- sidered to represent a slightly cooler and moister time following the Megathermal Phase, and San Jon time to represent a cool, moist period preceding this Megathermal Phase and spanning both the Mankato and Cochrane ice maxima of the north. Another possibility exists, namely, that the San Jon formation is correlative with the Mankato ice advance, the Sand Canyon formation is equal in time to the Cochrane advance, and the erosive interval separating them reflects withdrawal of ice between Mankato and Cochrane advances. Future work may prove such a correlation but on the basis of the evidence now at hand, it is discarded because: (1) The interval separating San Jon and Sand Canyon time was marked by great aridity, wind action and erosion; (2) this desert climate was so marked that it seems doubtful that it is a reflection of the minor 64 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 climatic oscillation separating the Mankato and Cochrane ice maxima, but only of the major increase in warmth during the Megathermal Phase; (3) certain facts suggest that the Sand Canyon formation lies at least partially in the Christian Era; and (4) the time from the Mankato climax to the present is best filled by considering the Sand Canyon formation as deposited after the Megathermal Phase. The dates of the various events of the “Alluvial Chronology” in eastern New Mexico are included in table 2. The events in eastern New Mexico are correlated in table 4 with similar events elsewhere in the Southwest. GEOLOGIC ANTIQUITY OF THE SAN JON SITE GENERAL STATEMENT The discussion contained in the preceding section, although detailed and laborious, has set the stage for a consideration of the antiquity of the San Jon site. Archeologic investigations by Roberts (1942) established four distinct cultural levels at this site. From oldest to youngest these contain: (1) A point termed San Jon in association with extinct bison; (2) points called “Collateral” Yuma having affin- ities to both Eden and Scottsbluff-type Yuma, but in association with modern bison; (3) points related perhaps to the Clear Fork type of West Texas and also associated with modern bison; and (4) an obviously more recent group of artifacts with associated pottery. The relative stratigraphic positions of these four levels as set forth by Roberts is confirmed by geologic methods. More precise ages for the three earlier levels than can be inferred from their cultural and faunal content are suggested below. THE SAN JON LEVEL The single San Jon point was found near the top of the San Jon formation. This formation reflects a cool, moist climate partially correlative in time with the presence of glacial ice in northern United States and southern Canada. Its deposition began with the first stages of Mankato ice advance. San Jon time continued to the beginning of the Megathermal Phase at 5400 to 5000 B.C. and perhaps slightly later. Because the San Jon point comes from a level high in the formation, it is probably late in San Jon time. Because it was found in deposits indicating continuing moisture it is probably older than the stage immediately preceding the Megathermal Phase. A classic-type Folsom point was discovered at the site raveling out of a level correlative NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 65 with that in which the San Jon point was found and is thus similar in age to the San Jon point. This San Jon point lies in time between the Two Creeks forest bed, 9454 B.C.+350 years (11,404 +350 years before the present), and 5400 to 5000 B.C. The Plainview points found on the Gibson ranch in the Valley bear an uncertain relation to the San Jon point. They are said to have come from a soil zone which is developed on wind-blown sand. This soil may have formed in San Jon time, in which case the Plainview points could be more or less contemporaneous with the San Jon point. In this regard it is appropriate to note that the Plainview points at the type locality (Sellards et al., 1947) are found in asso- ciation with extinct bison and at the top of a fluvial deposit correlated with the San Jon formation. (See table 4.) “COLLATERAL? YUMA, LEVEL A long period of time separates the people who made the San Jon point, and presumably the Folsom point, from those who fashioned the “Collateral” Yuma projectiles found in the next youngest cultural level. During this period the climate of San Jon time became in- creasingly warmer and drier, until it ended with the beginning of the Megathermal Phase between 5400 and 5000 B.C. This phase was a time of great aridity in which moving sand was common throughout the area and stream erosion was rampant. At the site the depression containing the lake sediments of San Jon age was breached by a stream eating headward into the escarpment from the valley below and broad channels were carved in the San Jon formation. At some time between 3500 and 2000 B.C, the Megathermal Phase ended and the deposits of the Sand Canyon formation began to fill the old stream channels at the site. The giant buffalo, failing to survive the arid Megathermal Phase, was replaced by the smaller modern bison. A people using “Collateral” Yuma projectile points hunted this new arrival and the points are found associated with the bones of Bison bison, in the earliest deposits of Sand Canyon time. The occurrence of the “Collateral” Yuma points indicates a maximum age of between 3500 and 2000 B.C. for the people who made them. Whatever the exact age it must lie early in Sand Canyon time shortly after the end of the Megathermal Phase. The above dates are assigned on the assumption that the Sand Canyon formation was deposited subsequent to the Megathermal Phase. If, as previously discussed, the Sand Canyon formation ante- dates the Megathermal Phase, then a much earlier date for the 66 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. / 121 “Collateral” Yuma points is indicated. The same is true in relation to the Clear Fork (?) points discussed below. CLEAR FORK (?) LEVEL In deposits of Sand Canyon age but at a level stratigraphically higher than that containing “Collateral” Yuma points are projectiles bearing affinities to those of the Clear Fork complex of West Texas. They must be younger than the “Collateral” Yuma and older than the end of Sand Canyon time, i.e., A.D. 1300. A more precise age is difficult to determine. The break in Sand Canyon time recorded in the Valley below is not reflected at the site, or, if it is, has not been identified. Therefore, the Clear Fork (?) cannot be placed in relation to this horizon. Furthermore, Kelley’s review of the Clear Fork (1947) indicates that it occurs throughout deposits correlative with the Sand Canyon formation. The Clear Fork (?) points, there- fore, are younger than the “Collateral” Yuma points. They are older than A.D. 1300 by an unknown interval of time. POTTERY LEVEL The stone cultures associated with pottery were found in trenches excavated in the gentle slopes east of the deep gullies of the San Jon site and cannot be directly tied to the “Alluvial Chronology.” Roberts (1942), however, dates the pottery as late as the fourteenth or early fifteenth century A.D. On this basis the material is probably of eatly Wheatland age. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS The single most interesting fact gleaned from the geologic investi- gation is the relatively late date of “Collateral” Yuma and its relation to the much older San Jon and Folsom levels. Sellards has reported (1950) that the Yuma points of the Clovis—Portales region 45 miles south of San Jon are stratigraphically above the true Folsom and the Clovis-fluted points. The Yuma points found at the San Jon site are of a younger age than that usually assigned to this type of projectile. Radiocarbon, for instance, dates the Yuma of the Horner site, near Cody, Wyo., as 6,867 + 250 years (Libby, 1952). Moss (1951) states that at the Eden site, Wyoming, the Yuma predates the Megathermal Phase. On the basis of the available evidence there is little doubt, however, that at San Jon they postdate the Megathermal Phase and are separated by a considerable time span from the earliest cultural level at the site. NOF GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—-JUDSON 67 The physical evidence also tends to demonstrate that if this Yuma evolved from one or more of the earlier stone cultures then this evolution has not been accomplished in the vicinity of the site. The break in time between San Jon and Yuma peoples is too great. Fur- thermore, it is marked by extreme aridity which both man and beast must have found inhospitable. We do not know whether man roamed the deserts which intervened between San Jon and Sand Canyon times, but if he did it is safe to assume that his numbers were small. Certainly the giant buffalo did not survive the interval and was re- placed by the modern, smaller form. The horse and mammoth, also present in San Jon time, were extinct by Sand Canyon time. Dates have been applied to the prepottery cultures of the San Jon site with the full realization that they lack precision. This inadequacy is due in part to the uncertain nature of the dates of the late Pleisto- cene climatic fluctuations, and in part to the lack of distinctive intra- formational horizons in San Jon and Sand Canyon time. Nevertheless, these dates seem of the correct order of magnitude, and the relative chronologic positions of the various cultures appear firmly established. BIBLIOGRAPHY ALBRITTON, CLAUDE C., Jr., and Bryan, Kirk. 1939. Quaternary stratigraphy in the Davis Mountains, Trans-Pecos, Texas. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 50, pp. 1423-1474. ANTEvs, Ernst. 1931. Late-glacial correlations and ice recession in Manitoba. Mem. Geol. Surv. Canada, 168. 1948. Climatic changes and pre-White man. Pt. III in The Great Basin, with emphasis on glacial and postglacial times. Bull. Univ. Utah, vol. 38, pp. 168-191. 1952. Arroyo-cutting and filling. Journ. Geol., vol. 60, pp. 375-385. BAILEY, VERNON. 1913. Life zones and crop zones of New Mexico. North Amer. Fauna No. 35. Bates, R. L. 1946. Subsurface geology. Jn Geology of northwestern Quay County, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Oil and Gas Investigations Preliminary Map 62, sheet 2 of 2. BryAn, KirK. 1925. The Papago country, Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 499. 1941. Geologic antiquity of man in America. Science, vol. 93, pp. 505-514. Bryan, Kirk, and McCann, F. T. 1943. Sand dunes and alluvium near Grants, New Mexico. Amer. Antiq., vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 281-290. Bryan, Kirk, and Ray, Louts L. 1940. Geologic antiquity of the Lindenmeier site in Colorado. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 99, No. 2. 68 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 Bryan, Kirk, and TouLouse, Josern H., Jr. 1943. The San José non-ceramic culture in New Mexico. Amer. Antigq., vol. 8, pp. 269-280. Cook, Ei. oJ. 1927. New geological and paleontological evidence bearing on the antiquity of mankind. Nat. Hist., vol. 27, pp. 240-247. Darton, N. H. 1922. Geologic structure of parts of New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 726E. Dick, Hersert W. N.d. Two rock shelters near Tucumcari, N. Mex. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 154, pp. 267-284 (in press). DosrovoLny, Ernest, and SUMMERSON, C. H. 1946. Surface geology and Mesozoic stratigraphy. In Geology of north- northwestern Quay County, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Oil and Gas Investigations Preliminary Map 62, sheet 2 of 2. Evans, Gien L., and MEApE, Grayson E. 1945. Quaternary of the Texas High Plains. Univ. Texas Publ. 4,401, Pp. 485-507. FENNEMAN, Nevin M. 1931. Physiography of western United States. New York. Ficcrns, J. D. 1927. The antiquity of man in America. Nat. Hist., vol. 27, pp. 229-230. Fiint, R. F. 1947. Glacial geology and the Pleistocene epoch. New York. Fromm, Erik. 1938. Geochronologisch datierte Pollendiagramme und Diatoméenanalysen aus Angermanland. Geol. Foren. Forhandl., vol. 60, pp. 365-381. Frye, JoHN C., Swrnerorp, ApA, and Lronarp, A. Byron. 1948. Correlation of Pleistocene deposits of the Central Great Plains with the glacial section. Journ. Geol., vol. 56, pp. 501-525. RACK ye ile 1942. The changing physical environment of the Hopi Indians. Pap. Pea- body Mus. Amer. Arch. and Ethnology, vol. 25, No. 1. 1945. Recent geology of the Tsegi Canyon. Jn Beals, R. L., Archaeological studies in northeast Arizona. Univ. California Publ. Amer. Arch. and Ethnol., pp. 151-158. Haury, Emit W. 1943. The statigraphy of Ventana Cave, Arizona. Amer. Antiq., vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 218-223. Howarp, Epcar B. 1943. Discovery of Yuma points, in situ, near Eden, Wyoming. Amer. Antiq., vol. 8, pp. 224-234. HuFFINGTON, Roy E., and ALsrirron, CLAUDE C., Jr. 1941. Quaternary sands on the Southern High Plains of western Texas. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 239, pp. 325-338. HuntincrTon, E. 1905. A geologic and physiographic reconnaissance in central Turkestan. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 26. ——————E————— NO. I GEOLOGY OF THE SAN JON SITE—JUDSON 69 Jupson, SHELDON. 1950. Depressions of the northern portion of the Southern High Plains of eastern New Mexico. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 61, pp. 253-273. N.d. Geology of the Hodges site, Quay County, N. Mex. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 154, pp. 285-302 (in press). KELLEY, J. CHARLES. 1947. The cultural affiliations and chronological position of the Clear Fork focus. Amer. Antiq., vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 97-109. KELLEY, J. CHARLES, CAMPBELL, T. N., and LEHMER, DONALD J. 1940. The association of archeological materials with geological deposits in the Big Bend region of Texas. Bull. Sul Ross State Teachers College, vol. 21, No. 3. Leopotp, Luna B. 1951. Rainfall frequency: an aspect of climatic variation. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, vol. 32, pp. 347-357. Leopotp, Luna B., and Snyper, C. T. 1951. Alluvial fills near Gallup, New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 1110-A. Lippy, WILLARD F. 1952. Radiocarbon dating. Chicago. Moss, JoHNn. 1951. Early Man in the Eden Valley. Univ. Pennsylvania Mus. Mono- graph. RoBerts, FRANK H. H., Jr. 1940. Developments in the pfoblem of the Paleo-Indian. In Essays in historical anthropology of North America. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 100, pp. 51-116. 1942. Archeological and geological investigations in the San Jon district, eastern New Mexico. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 103, No. 4. SAyLEs, E. B., and ANTEvs, Ernst. 1941. The Cochise culture. Medallion Pap. No. 29, Gila Pueblo, Globe, Ariz. ScHULMAN, E. 1938. Nineteen centuries of rainfall record in the Southwest. Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc., vol. 19, pp. 211-215. SELLARDS, E. H., et al. 1947. Fossil bison and associated artifacts from Plainview, Texas. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 58, No. 10, pp. 927-954. 1950. Geologic section and succession of human cultures in the late Pleis- tocene of the Clovis—Portales region, eastern New Mexico. (Abstr.) Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 61, p. 1501-2. STARKEY, Rosert L. 1945. Transformations of iron by bacteria in water. Journ. Amer. Water Works Assoc., vol. 37, pp. 963-984. SwINEForD, ADA, and Frye, JoHN C. 1946. Petrographic comparison of Pliocene and Pleistocene volcanic ash from western Kansas. Bull. Geol. Surv. Kansas, vol. 64, pt. I, pp. 1-32. 7O SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Tuwaites, F. T. 1943. Pleistocene of part of northeastern Wisconsin. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 54, pp. 87-144. Van WINKLE, WALTON. 1914. Quality of the surface waters of Oregon. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 363. WELTEN, Max. 1944. Pollenanalytische, stratigraphische und geochronologische Untersu- chungen aus dem Faulenseemoos bei Spiez. Verdffentlichungen des Geobotanischen Institutes Riibel in Ziirich, Heft 21. Wuipprte, A. W. 1856. Reports of explorations and surveys ... from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, 1853-54, vol. 3, pt. I. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 2 foe BIRDS OF THE ISLANDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, AND URAVA, PANAMA BY ALEXANDER WETMORE Secretary, Smithsonian Institution (Pustication 4099) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION DECEMBER 2, 1952 The Lord Baltimore Press BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8& A. FHEIBIRDS OF THE ISLANDS OF “LABOGA, TABOGUILLA, AND-URAVA, PANAMA By ALEXANDER WETMORE Secretary, Smithsonian Institution (With THREE PLatTeEs) The island of Taboga lies in Panama Bay, off the Pacific entrance of the Panama Canal, slightly less than 6 miles south from Bruja Point, the nearest spot on the mainland. Taboguilla is a mile and a half north of east from Taboga, and Urava Island is immediately adjacent to Taboga on the southwest, the two being separated by a narrow channel. An islet, El Morro, on the northeast, is in reality a part of the larger island, as the two are joined by a sandy beach that is covered at high tide. The pleasant town of Taboga (pl. 1, fig. 1), crowded between the inland hills and the beach, has narrow streets terraced one above the other, with Restinga, a tourist develop- ment especially popular on weekends, situated along the sandy beach at its northern extension. There are few houses outside the town, except for the installations of the Air Force on the summit of the island for the operation of a radio beacon. On Taboguilla and Urava there are small houses used by farmers who come from the larger island, but there is now no permanent population. Although I have not made exhaustive search into the history of the Spanish use of Taboga, it appears that it was settled early, as would be expected from its reputation for healthy and pleasant living con- ditions as a result of its lack of mosquito-breeding swamplands and its location in the cooling passage of the trade winds. Vazquez de Espinosa, who traveled through the Spanish part of the New World for ten years at the beginning of the seventeenth century and wrote in meticulous detail of what he saw, does not mention Taboga in his account of Panama, a circumstance that perhaps may mean that at that early date the island was merely the site of fincas, or perhaps was not permanently occupied. The buccaneer captains Sawkins and Sharp, accompanied by their physician Lionel Wafer, in May 1680 are said to have landed for a time on Taboga to rest in the dry-season homes of the Spaniards, so that apparently there was a small settle- ment then. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 121, NO. 2 2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I1 From this early date onward Taboga was noted as a resort for convalescents and for those who sought relief from the humid heat of the city of Panama. In World War II the islands were strongly fortified, with a considerable concentration of military forces, which have left heavy mark on the natural features, though now the shelters and stations are abandoned and have in considerable part disappeared. Fortunately camouflage demanded preservation of cover, so that parts of the forest escaped destruction, and the abundant plant growth of the rainy seasons has gone far in covering these man-made scars. In journeys across the open Bahia de Panama, beginning in 1921, I have had views of Taboga and its smaller neighbor islands on vari- ous occasions, both from the sea and from the air, and have been intrigued by the possibilities that the bird life there might offer. Nat- uralists have collected the reptiles, amphibians, and plants, but little has been recorded of the birds, except the belief that, aside from the nesting sea birds, they were practically nonexistent. Opportunity to visit Taboga came in the dry season of 1952 when, after an excursion to the Rio Indio on the Caribbean coast of Panama, I had ten days free before I had to return to an administrative desk in Washington. Through the friendly interest of Brig. Gen. E. C. Kiel and the assistance of Col. Philip D. Coates, Commanding Officer, Albrook Air Force Base, and Lt. Col. J. M. Martin, in charge of transportation, | crossed to Taboga on an Air Force crash boat the morning of March 14, returning to Balboa on March 24 on an LSM of the same service. W. M. Perrygo, of the U. S. National Museum, who has been my companion in work in Panama since 1946, accompanied me. While on the island we were particularly indebted to Sgt. Joe E. Curlott, Jr., stationed on Taboga, who took us by truck on several occasions to the summit of the island and lightened our work in other ways by transportation during the strong heat of midday. We lived comfortably and pleasantly in the Hotel Taboga, of Julio Chu and his brother. On March 18 and 20 we crossed to Taboguilla Island and on March 22 visited Urava. Our other days were spent on Taboga. In all we secured 127 birds, representing 23 species (with 2 additional subspecies ). Taboga Island is about 24 miles long by 14 miles wide, with a cove on each side that constricts the diameter considerably near the center. The high point on the island (pl. 1, fig. 2) rises to 1,010 feet, with a steep face on the west, a more gradual one to the east, and sloping, low-lying flats to the north. Another low area makes connection with the southwestern section, where a steep hill rises to 665 feet (pl. 2, fig. 2). The southern side has a considerable tract of original forest, NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 3 rather difficult of access, with other forested areas on the west and along the bases of the steeper slopes. The higher levels above 800 feet on the northern portion and above 450 feet on the southwest part are areas of poor, stony soil, with many rock exposures, without forest but grown thinly to bunch grass and with occasional thickets of low bushes. There is permanent water in the higher sections that even near the close of the dry season supplies small pools in the stream beds at the bases of the hills. The village lies near the center of the eastern side of the higher section, where it receives the welcome sweep of the northeast trade winds. Taboguilla Island (pl. 2, fig. 1) is about a mile long and two-thirds of a mile wide, rising in a peak to 610 feet. Two rocks, with summits covered with shrubs, lie off the southwest end, and an open bay on the northwest has an extensive sandy beach that is mainly covered at high tide (pl. 3, fig. 1). The island is wooded, with small clearings for cultivation. I found scanty water seeps in the lower stream beds that descend from the peak. Urava Island, connected with the southeastern end of Taboga by a shallowly submerged reef, has a central peak 600 feet high (pl. 3, fig. 2). It is wooded, with clearings for cultivation on the western side, where there are scanty water seeps. Rains on the islands are reported to be heavy, while the dry season is equally dry. During March the view of the mainland was frequently obscured by smoke from fires set to burn off the brush and trees felled in clearing land for planting. Although, as I have stated, naturalists have studied the plants, reptiles, amphibians, and mollusks of Taboga, few have given atten- tion to its birds. The abundant avifauna of the mainland has so overshadowed the few species found on these islands that there has been little incentive to make collections on them. The earliest collector of whom I find record is Fred Hicks, who sent to the Smithsonian Institution a yellow warbler and four hummingbirds taken on Taboga on January 31, 1865. Among specimens purchased for the National Museum from the Rev. H. Th. Heyde there are five hummingbirds from Taboga taken in August and September 1888. In the collection made by Thomas Hallinan in 1915, now in the American Museum of Natural History, there are 11 skins, including 6 species, that were taken on Taboga and Taboguilla on March 27, August 15, September 12, and December 5, all except one tropical kingbird being sea birds. Ludlow Griscom was on Taboga on February 17, 1924, in company with Thomas Barbour, W. S. Brooks, and Ned Wigglesworth. Eugene Eisenmann has visited Taboga on several 4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 occasions during the rainy season, and I am indebted to him for notes on certain species that I did not find myself. Undoubtedly there have been other ornithologists who have made visits of a day or so, of whom I have not learned, but so far as I am aware no systematic collection of birds has been made prior to my work of 1952. The list assembled in the present paper includes 54 forms, of which two, the large-billed hawk and the golden warbler, were found only on Taboguilla. Of the total, 21 are passage migrants, among which the black and fluttering petrels, except on rare occasions, are found only at sea. The caracara is without doubt a wanderer from the mainland. Of those remaining, 23 are assumed to nest, while the others may do so in small numbers, but this is not certain. The small list of those that are believed to breed includes two kinds of pigeons, four of hummingbirds, and four flycatchers, the others being single repre- sentatives of their families. At least 15 times as many kinds nest on the mainland in the area visible from the summit of Taboga, which makes the small list for the islands surprising, in view of the short space of ocean involved. The lack of the ruddy ground dove is es- pecially noticeable, as is the absence of ant-shrikes, additional fly- catchers, tanagers, and other members of the sparrow family. It is possible, of course, that some forms have become extinct through human occupation, but this could hardly apply to the smaller, in- conspicuous species of birds that on the mainland of Panama live regularly around fields and gardens. Relationship of the avifauna on the whole seems close to that of the Pearl Islands, out of sight below the horizon to the southwest. This is demonstrated in the hummingbird Amazilia edward margari- tarum, which is the form of the larger islands in the Perlas group and is distinct from the representative race of this species found on the adjacent mainland. It is revealed also in the elainea, and in the saltator, described here as new, that are nearer to the island form in each case than to that of the mainland. The vireo Vireo flavoviridis insulanus, which is found on the mainland from the Canal Zone east- ward, as well as in the Pearl Islands, seems to attain the maximum of its subspecific characters on Taboga and its neighboring islets. According to paleogeographers the existing land connection be- tween North America and South America through the Isthmus of Panama has been continuous since its establishment in Late Pliocene time. It is supposed that the land area on the Pacific side of the isthmus may have been more extensive in the early stages, so that the mainland may have included the area where we now find the islands under discussion. On this premise, purely as a matter of speculation, Eo NO. 2. BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 5 the recession of the shoreline, leaving Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava as islands, may have come early, toward the end of the Pliocene or in early Pleistocene time. The islands, in the beginning, may have been barren and rocky, like some of the other islands I have seen along this coast—Pelado, off the mouth of the Rio Chiman, for example. As soil formed and plant and tree cover developed there would be suita- ble habitat for the small birds that reached the islands by casual means. The water barrier, though not wide, would seem to have prevented many of the common mainland forms from crossing. Whether this has been true history or not, isolation over a long period seems to have been the factor that has so greatly restricted the variety in the present bird life of this island group to a point even below what is found in the Pearl Islands farther out in the Gulf of Panama. It is obvious that there are many additions to be made to this list of the birds of Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava in the form of migrant species that come regularly to the mainland of Panama. In fact, is- lands such as these, because of their limited area, are usually better points for the detection of casual wanderers of unusual species than the more extensive habitats of the mainland. We may expect there- fore to encounter here any and all of the migrants that reach Panama. I would suggest also a visit to the forested part of the peak above the village of Taboga, which we did not cover thoroughly because of lack of time. There is probability also of regular occurrence at other periods than the dry season of various species of the indigenous birds of Panama. When I remarked on the absence of parrots, residents of Taboga told me that small pericos (probably the Tovi parakeet, Brotogeris jugularis) were common at times. It would be surprising also if the blue-headed parrot, or casanga, did not come to Taboga, as it does to San José Island in the Perlas Archipelago. Dr. Eugene Eisenmann tells me that he saw a pair of one of the small native swifts of the genus Chaetura on Taboga on July 5, 1951. One evening in the village I had a glimpse of a nighthawk flying near the sea, but was not certain of the species. Mention must be made of a number of specimens to be found in the Rothschild Collection in the American Museum that are marked “Taboga” but that obviously are attributed erroneously to that island. These are trade skins bearing original tag labels cut from rather stiff cards, on which the name and address of Bartlett, of London, pre- sumably the dealer Edward Bartlett, had been printed, this being evident when various of the sections are examined together. Zimmer + 1 Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1246, Dec. 17, 1943, p. 10. 6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I has commented on two of these supposed Taboga specimens, which actually are Tangara cayana flava, a small tanager of northeastern Brazil, and mentions others. One of these is a skin of another tanager, Tangara musica, apparently the race intermedia of northern South America. Another bird bearing this locality is a skin of Zonotrichia capensis, which is discussed by Chapman? in his review of this species. The specimen is small and pale in color, so that Chapman believed it to be an undescribed subspecies of uncertain locality. I saw this skin several years ago, noting its peculiarities, and recently have studied it in detail. Careful examination shows that it is a Baia trade skin, the legs being interlocked by crossing twice at the tibio- tarsal joint as usual in this type of study skin. With this in mind it became obvious that the bird is merely a somewhat light-colored example of Zonotrichia capensis matutina (Lichtenstein) of eastern and southern Brazil. The sex is not recorded, but the small size indicates that it is a female. The legs are so concealed in the feathers that. the peculiarity of crossing mentioned is visible only on close examination, so that originally I overlooked it, as apparently Dr. Chapman did also. It is obvious that all these South American birds bear an erroneous locality. In passing Taboga at sea in previous years I had noted the open, grass-grown, higher slopes which are exactly similar to the habitat of Zonotrichia capensis orestera of Cerro Campana on the mainland not far away. And the chance that this sparrow might be found was one of the possibilities that I had in mind in planning the visit to Taboga. However, Perrygo and I covered the high ridges in detail but found nothing, though we were impressed by the suitability of the habitat, with the exception that the highest levels reached only a little over 1,000 feet, which is below the 1,800- to 3,000-foot range where we found these sparrows on Campana. ANNOTATED LIST Family HyproBaTipAE: Storm Petrels LOOMELANIA MELANIA (Bonaparte): Black Petrel Procellaria melania BoNAPARTE, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 38, 1854, p. 662 (coast of California). The black petrel is seen regularly by day offshore in the Bahia de Panama, and apparently at night it may roam closer to land. On the evening of March 21, a few minutes after I had captured the least 2 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 77, Dec. 10, 1940, pp. 410-411, fig. 6. NO. 2. BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 7 petrel mentioned in the following account, a black petrel came blun- dering into the brightly lighted, open dining room of the Hotel Taboga and dropped to the floor beside my table. It was captured without difficulty and added to the collection, giving me another of my desiderata. On March 24 at noon, while crossing to Balboa, I saw a black petrel about 5 miles off the entrance of the Canal. This species, like the following, is marked by plain, dark coloration, but is larger. HALOCYPTENA MICROSOMA Coues: Least Petrel Halocyptena microsoma Cours, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, March- April [June 30] 1864, p. 79 (San José del Cabo, Baja California). On various occasions in recent years I have observed the least petrel offshore in the Bahia de Panama and have looked forward to some opportunity that would bring one to hand. While sitting in the open dining room, overlooking the sea, in the Hotel Taboga on the evening of March 21, I saw what I thought was a good-sized bat flutter against the inner wall and drop behind an open door. Going over to investigate I captured one of these small petrels. The ceiling and solid rear wall were painted white, and the place was brilliantly lighted by electric light. The species is easily identified by its small size and its uniformly dark color without markings of white. Family PELECANIDAE: Pelicans PELECANUS OCCIDENTALIS CAROLINENSIS Gmelin: Eastern Brown Pelican Pelecanus carolinensis GMELIN, Systema naturae, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 571 (Charleston Harbor, S. C.). The brown pelican is found by scores and hundreds in the waters adjacent to Taboga, and it is unusual to look out over the sea without having one or many in view. There is a considerable nesting colony on the northwestern and western slopes of the island, the nests being in trees on the steep, almost precipitous slopes, 400 to 800 feet above the rocky shores (pl. 1, fig. 2). Breeding is somewhat irregular, as we observed well-grown young on February 3, and as late as March 15 found birds that had completed nests but had not yet laid. The two taken were such a mated pair, while in a nest nearby, only 6 feet from the ground on a very steep slope, I took a set of three eggs about one-fourth incubated. These are considerably stained with blood. They measure 73.0 by 51.0, 74.3 by 49.4, and 74.5 by 51.4 mm. 8 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I We found other nesting colonies in trees on rocky islets, off the northwestern shore of Taboguilla, and on Urava recorded small breeding groups in the trees around the base of the slope leading to the high point of the island. From a distance the slopes housing the colonies appear white from the excrement of the birds. Pelicans fed on the great schools of small fishes that were scattered irregularly for miles over the sea. The plunging of the diving birds was heard often when we were near the shore, though the birds them- selves might be hidden by branches of the low forest in which we were working. When the schools of sardines were stationary the pelicans often rested on the water in close flocks, stabbing at the fish with their great bills. The pelican is known here to the fishermen as the quacco. The hindneck in the two taken is definitely darker brown than the average of carolinensis from southeastern United States, but other- wise the birds appear similar. Measurements are as follows: Male, wing 512, tail 135, culmen from base 311, tarsus 79 mm.; female, wing 485, tail 152, culmen from base 284, tarsus 75 mm. In the darker coloration of the hindneck these two resemble specimens I have seen from the Pearl Islands. Family SutipaE: Boobies, Gannets SULA NEBOUXII NEBOUXII Milne-Edwards: Blue-footed Booby Sula Nebouxit A. M1Itne-Epwarps, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., vol. 13, art. 4, April 1882, p. 37, pl. 14 (Pacific coast of America). On March 18 I saw a blue-footed booby fly from a rocky islet on the western side of Taboguilla Island. In the American Museum of Natural History there are two specimens taken by Thomas Hallinan, one marked Taboga, March 27, 1915, and one labeled Taboguilla, September 12, 1915. SULA LEUCOGASTER ETESIACA Thayer and Bangs: Colombian Brown Booby Sula etesiaca THAYER and Bangs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 46, June 1905, p. 92 (Gorgona Island). On March 18 I recorded a dozen of these boobies resting on a rock ledge on a small islet off the western side of Taboguilla Island. Sev- eral were seen here on March 20. Thomas Hallinan secured three on Taboguilla, September 12, I915, and two on Taboga, December 5, 1915, the specimens now being in the American Museum of Natural History. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 9 Family PHALACROCORACIDAE: Cormorants PHALACROCORAX OLIVACEUS OLIVACEUS (Humboldt): Southern Olivaceous Cormorant Pelecanus olivaceus HumsBo.pt, in Humboldt and Bonpland, Recueil d’observa- tions de zodlogie et d’anatomie comparée, 1805, p. 6 (Magdalena River, lat. 8°55’'N., Colombia). The great bands of cormorants found regularly over the Bay of Panama pass near Taboga at times in their search for fish. Many were recorded on February 3. During our visit in March, daily in late afternoon a few perched in trees above the water on the outer side of the islet of El Morro, off Restinga. I recorded a few around Taboguilla on March 18 and 20. Family FrecaTIpAE: Frigate-birds FREGATA MAGNIFICENS Mathews: Magnificent Frigate-bird Fregata magnificens MatHEws, Austr. Avian Rec., vol. 2, Dec. 19, 1914, p. 120 (Barrington Island, Galapagos Islands). In the latter part of March many hundreds of frigate-birds roosted at night in trees on the steep western and northwestern sides of Taboga, and I noted smaller groups on tree-covered islets off the northwestern side of Taboguilla. At dawn the birds rose from their rookeries, towered high in air, and then crossed in front of the village over the sea, sailing with set wings into the steady breeze. Often they were spread out in a broad line over a mile long, spaced 50 to 200 feet apart. Similar flights were noted in evening when the birds were searching for food or were returning to their roosts. At such times their long-winged, angular forms seemed to fill the sky, a sight that remains in memory. They are agile fishermen, circling at high speed and dropping swiftly to pick minnows off the tops of the waves. As they pass they snap at the fish, the head on the relatively long neck swinging far underneath. The bill is then brought forward to normal position, projecting ahead, and the fish is swallowed, all without check in speed of flight. All that I observed were fishing on their own, no instances of piracy on other fish-eating birds being noted. On March 23 I recorded one bird with the red throat pouch developed, but most were in nonbreeding condition at this time. A male taken at Taboguilla on December 5, 1915, by Thomas Halli- nan is now in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Io SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Family ArDEIDAE: Herons, Bitterns CASMERODIUS ALBUS EGRETTA (Gmelin): American Common Egret Ardea Egretta GMELIN, Systema naturae, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1789, p. 629 (Cayenne). Fight to a dozen egrets were usually to be found on rock shelves or ledges above the sea on the western side of Taboga. I saw one fly in from the mainland to Taboguilla, and recorded others on Urava. NYCTANASSA VIOLACEA CALIGINIS Wetmore: Panama Yellow-crowned Night Heron Nyctanassa violacea caliginis WerrMorr, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 59, Mar. 11, 1946, p. 49 (Isla San José, Archipiélago de las Perlas, Panama). There is an adult specimen of this race in the American Museum of Natural History taken on Taboga on August 15, 1915, by Thomas Hallinan. On March 18 I saw an adult very near at hand on the rocky northern end of Taboguilla Island. Because of its dark color I was satisfied that it was the present form. On March 21 a yellow- crowned night heron called at dawn on the shore below the hotel on Taboga. Family THRESKIORNITHIDAE: Ibises, Spoonbills GUARA ALBA (Linnaeus): White Ibis Guara alba LinNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 145 (South Carolina). One specimen of the white ibis in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History was taken on Taboguilla, December 5, 1915, by Thomas Hallinan. Family CATHARTIDAE: New World Vultures CORAGYPS ATRATUS (Meyer): Black Vulture Vultur atratus Meyer, Zool. Annal., vol. 1, 1794, p. 290 (St. Johns River, Fla.). The black vultures on Taboga Island in the main were beach scav- engers that frequented the water front at the village. Sometimes as many as 50 congregated about one huge dead fish cast up on the sand. CATHARTES AURA (Linnaeus): Turkey Vulture Vultur Aura LINNAEUusS, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 86 (Veracruz, México). Turkey vultures appeared daily in the skies of Taboga and were seen also over Urava. Usually I observed them over the high, open slopes of the island summit. There were never many of them, 12 to NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE Il 14 being the maximum number for one day. Supposedly, at least two forms were represented, one resident and one migrant from the north. Family AccrP1TripAE: Hawks, Old World Vultures, Harriers BUTEO PLATYPTERUS PLATYPTERUS (Vieillot): Northern Broad- winged Hawk Sparvius platypterus Vretttot, Tabl. Encycl. Méth., vol. 3, 1823, p. 1273 (Schuylkill River, Pa.). Migrant broad-winged hawks were seen on Taboguilla on March 20, on Urava and Taboga on March 22, and on Taboga on March 23. These were evidently strays from the main northern flight which passes over the mainland. It is interesting to note that while they come to Taboga and the adjacent islands which are in sight of the Panamanian coast, as yet none has been recorded on the Pearl Islands, which lie farther out at sea. BUTEO SWAINSONI Bonaparte: Swainson’s Hawk Buteo Swainsom Bonaparte, A geographical and comparative list of the birds of Europe and North America, 1838, p. 3 (Fort Vancouver, Wash). On March 20 several of these hawks were observed passing north over Taboguilla Island. The line of flight of this species in coming north from South America, like that of the broad-winged hawk, lies over the Panamanian mainland. BUTEO MAGNIROSTRIS (Gmelin): Large-billed Hawk Falco magnirostris GMELIN, Systema naturae, vol. 1, pt. I, 1788, p. 282 (Cayenne). On March 18 on Taboguilla Island I saw one of these birds in high forest on the upper slopes, obtaining a distinct view of the brown- banded tail. They were said to be rare here, and I had no report of them on Taboga. The subspecies must remain uncertain until a specimen has been obtained. Family PANDIONIDAE: Ospreys PANDION HALIAETUS CAROLINENSIS (Gmelin): American Osprey Falco haliaétos carolinensis GMELIN, Systema naturae, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1788, p. 263 (South Carolina). Ospreys were seen along the shores of Taboga on March 17 (two recorded), 21, and 22. On the last date one rested in a tree near the summit of El Morro. 12 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Family FaLconipaeE: Falcons, Caracaras CARACARA CHERIWAY (Jacquin): Caracara Falco cheriway Jacquin, Beytrage zur Geschichte der Vogel, 1784, p. 17, pl. 4, (Aruba and the coast of Venezuela). On March 17 we flushed a caracara on a high open slope on Taboga. The record is interesting as it indicates wandering from the distant mainland on the part of this bird. As two races, typical cheriway and audubonu, are recorded from Panama, the subspecies is uncertain. The usual generic name for this group, Polyborus Vieillot, 1816, is found to be a synonym of Circus, so that it must be replaced by the next available term, Caracara Merrem, 1826.° FALCO PEREGRINUS ANATUM Bonaparte: Peregrine Falcon Falco Anatum Bonaparte, A geographical and comparative list of the birds of Europe and North America, 1838, p. 4 (Great Egg Harbor, N. J.). On Taboga on March 15 we watched two beautiful peregrines for some time as they circled over the higher slopes. They were male and female, shown by their difference in size, though there was no indica- tion that they were paired. Early on the morning of March 22 another appeared over these same high slopes. This one, in play, stooped repeatedly at a turkey vulture, to the very obvious alarm of that poor bird, which swooped and turned in useless efforts to escape. The peregrine falcon is of regular occurrence on the Pacific side of central Panama, and it is of interest to record them on this island in the sea. FALCO ALBIGULARIS ALBIGULARIS Daudin: Bat Falcon Falco albigularis Dauptn, Traité ... d’ornithologie, vol. 2, 1800, p. 131 (Cayenne). On March 14 a bat falcon rose from the forest at the southern end of Taboga and circled over the summit. Presumably this was a resident bird. Family ScoLopacipAE: Snipe, Woodcock, Sandpipers ACTITIS MACULARIA (Linnaeus): Spotted Sandpiper Tringa macularia LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, 1766, p. 249 (Pennsylvania). This common migrant was seen on Taboga and Taboguilla, March 18, and at Restinga, on Taboga, March 19. 3 See Hellmayr and Conover, Catalogue of the birds of the Americas, pt. I, No. 4, Aug. 19, 1949, p. 281; and Twenty-fifth Supplement to the American Ornithologists’ Union Check-list of North American Birds, Auk, vol. 67, 1950, p. 360. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 13 Family Lariaer: Gulls, Terns LARUS ATRICILLA Linnaeus: Laughing Gull Larus atricilla LinNaEus, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 136 (Bahamas). In crossing from Balboa to Taboga on February 3 early in the morning I noted scattered individuals and small groups of laughing gulls for the entire distance. On my return, in late afternoon, hun- dreds had come from farther out in the bay. All were in winter dress with no indication of molt. The main body must have moved north when we returned on March 14, as none were seen during the passage on that date. On our return on March 24 I noted one midway, and four or five others, all in winter dress, resting on a buoy at the entrance to the Panama Canal. THALASSEUS MAXIMUS MAXIMUS (Boddaert): American Royal Tern Sterna maxima Boppaert, Table des planches enluminéez, 1783, p. 58 (Cayenne). On March 15 and 16 I saw one of these terns resting on a buoy off Restinga. Family CoLtuMBIDAE: Pigeons, Doves COLUMBA CAYENNENSIS PALLIDICRISSA Chubb: Pale-vented Pigeon Columba pallidicrissa Chubb, Ibis, January 1910, p. 60 (Costa Rica). A number of these pigeons were noted during our work on Taboga, and they apparently nested there as I saw a male in display flight on March 17. They move about, however, as Perrygo saw one rise, tower high in air, and then fly toward the mainland. They were so shy that I did not succeed in obtaining specimens, the identification being based on specimens taken elsewhere on the Pacific side of Panama. LEPTOTILA VERREAUXI VERREAUXI (Bonaparte): Verreaux’s Dove Leptotila verreauxi BONAPARTE, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 40, 1855, p. 99 (Colombia). This pigeon was common on all three islands, specimens being taken on Taboga and Taboguilla. They were found in second-growth thickets and in forest. Although they were hunted to some extent, they were fairly tame. Though these doves usually remained under cover, I saw them flying between the trees at Restinga and the wooded islet of El Morro, a distance of 300 meters or more, wholly in the open. This readiness to fly over water, since the birds crossed directly when the beach that connects the islet with Taboga at low tide was I4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 submerged, made me speculate on the possibility of longer flights to the mainland. On Taboguilla they came to drink at water seeps on the rocky slopes back of the beach. Two males taken here on March 20 had the crop glands developed, indicating that they were near breeding. The four males and one female prepared as specimens from Taboga and Taboguilla are similar to skins from the mainland of Panama. Family CucuLipaE: Cuckoos, Roadrunners, Anis CROTOPHAGA ANI Linnaeus: Ani Crotophaga Ant LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. Io, vol. I, 1758, p. 105 (Jamaica). The ani was fairly common about the small cultivated fields of all three islands. I collected two females on Taboga, March 16, that show the same tendency toward enlarged keel on the bill that I have noted elsewhere* in birds from the Pearl Islands and from the adjacent mainland. Family ApopIDAE: Swifts CHAETURA PELAGICA (Linnaeus): Chimney Swift Hirundo Pelagica LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 192 (South Carolina). We recorded one of these swifts in morning and one in evening on Taboga on March 15. I have seen chimney swifts from time to time in northward migration in central Panama, and it is interesting to record one so far at sea. Family TrocHiILipAE: Hummingbirds CHLOROSTILBON ASSIMILIS Lawrence: Allied Emerald Hummingbird Chlorostilbon assimilis LAwRENcE, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, January 1861, p. 202 (Atlantic slope of Panama, near Panama Railroad). During March this was the most common of the hummingbirds on Taboga Island, where it was found about flowers, usually low down near the ground. In town it came regularly to patios, and to the small plaza on the water front, to search the blossoms of ornamental shrub- bery, and often perched fearlessly on low wires over the narrow streets. We saw them in equal number on Taboguilla and recorded several crossing from Taboga to Taboguilla, flying low over the water surface (as did the large bees that made the same flight). Our speci- 4 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 106, No. 1, Aug. 5, 1946, p. 40. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 15 mens are identical with those from the Pacific side of Panama, and it is probable that these hummers move regularly between the islands in the Gulf of Panama and the mainland. Years ago W. W. Brown, Jr., noted them in flight between the continental shores and Rey Island. There are three old specimens from Taboga in the National Mu- seum, one taken by Hicks on January 31, 1865, and two by Heyde and Lux, one marked August and the other September 1888. Though Peters ° treats assimilis as a race of Chlorostilbon canivetu, I feel certain that he was influenced in this decision by general re- semblances and that these two are specifically distinct. In both. the males are mainly metallic green and the females whitish below, so that they look alike in general appearance. Both sexes of canivetii have the lower mandible flesh-colored except at the tip, and in the males the tail is deeply furcate. While C. c. salvini of Costa Rica seems to bridge the gap toward assimilis in darker bill, the base of the man- dible remains uniformly light-colored. Zimmer ® in a more recent study has gone much farther by placing all the emerald hummers under a single specific name, Chlorostilbon mellisugus, a procedure that simplifies completely the handling of names but one that I am not convinced expresses the true relationships. The problem, like that involving the crows of the world, is one that is highly complicated because of a general uniformity in color. The relationships of assimilis seem close to the black-billed forms of northern South America. I treat it here, temporarily at least, as specifically distinct. AMAZILIA TZACATL TZACATL (De la Liave): Rieffer’s Hummingbird Trochilus tzacatl DE ta LuAve, Registro Trimestre, vol. 2, No. 5, 1833, p. 48 (México). I saw a Rieffer’s hummingbird distinctly on Taboga, March 23, the only one that we recorded. AMAZILIA EDWARD MARGARITARUM (Griscom) Saucerotiia edwardi margaritarum Griscom, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 282, Sept. 12, 1927, p. 4 (Isla Pedro Gonzalez, Archipiélago de las Perlas, Panama). This hummingbird was fairly common on Taboga, where it was encountered frequently in stands of dry, woody-stemmed growth standing head high in old fields, or was observed feeding at flowers from ground level up to the tops of tall trees. We secured one and 5 Check-list of birds of the world, vol. 5, 1945, p. 38. 6 Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1474, Nov. 10, 1950, pp. 6-12. 16 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I saw others on Taboguilla on March 20. I noted them occasionally feeding at flowers in gardens in town, and once observed one in flight between the shade trees at Restinga across to the little islet of El Morro. The white abdomen shows clearly as the birds move and serves to identify them readily. In the collections of the National Museum there are two old speci- mens from Taboga, one marked January 31, 1865, by Fred Hicks, and another without date but taken probably in 1888 by H. Th. Heyde. There is also one, without date or collector indicated, in the American Museum of Natural History. It has been a distinct surprise to find that our eight specimens from Taboga and Taboguilla are inseparable from the birds of the Pearl Islands, out of sight over the horizon to the southwest. Material now at hand permits a clearer view of the forms of this group of hummers, showing that they are surprisingly plastic for birds of this family and allowing clear presentation of intergradation between niveoventer and the group of subspecies that has separated from typical edward. It has been a matter of much interest to find two additional populations that merit recognition. The species as a whole ranges from southeastern Costa Rica in the drainage of the Rio Diquis to the lower elevations of the Chucunaque valley and Punta Garachiné in Darién. The following review of the races that may be distinguished presents them in geographic order from west to east. Amazilia edward niveoventer (Gould) : Trochilus ( ?) niveoventer GouLp, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 18, 1850 (Feb. 28, 1851), p. 164 (near David, Chiriqui, Panama). Tail dark; blackish with more or less bluish, or violet, reflections ; back strongly iridescent copper-color or bronze; under tail coverts mouse gray, edged with whitish, sometimes with a mixture of avel- laneous. Southwestern Costa Rica (Boruca) to Chiriqui (Bugaba, Boqueron, El Volcan, El Banco, Boquete), Veraguas, and Bocas del Toro, wan- dering or straggling to the Canal Zone (Gatun). It is uncertain whether it is this form or the next that is found on the western side of the Azuero Peninsula. Amasilia edward ludibunda, subsp. nov. : Characters —Similar to the preceding race, Amazilia edward niveo- venter (Gould), but slightly darker green above; green of the lower back more extensive, with coppery or bronzy iridescence; under tail coverts decidedly darker. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 17 Description—Type, U.S.N.M. No. 400314, male, Quebrada Chitabé, 4 miles west of Pesé, Herrera, Panama, March 30, 1948, collected by A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo (orig. No. 14081). Crown, sides of head, hindneck, and upper back iridescent, between grass green and Cossack green; lower back, primary and greater coverts, and rump iridescent cinnamon-rufous, producing a coppery sheen; upper tail coverts duller, more chestnut-brown, with reduced iridescence; lesser and middle wing coverts iridescent parrot green; primaries and secondaries dull violet-black; rectrices dusky slate- violet, the longer ones tipped slightly with russet; throat, foreneck, and upper breast strongly iridescent meadow green; sides bordered toward back with iridescent peacock green; lower breast, abdomen, and bordering portion of sides white; under tail coverts dark olive- gray, with a slight greenish reflection, the feathers tipped with cin- namon, the lateral ones whitish basally. Base of mandible avellaneous ; rest of bill, tarsi, and feet dull black (from dried skin). Measurements.—Males, 4 specimens, wing 51.1-53.6 (52.2), tail 28.5-29.6 (29.1), culmen from base 18.2-19.8 (19.1) mm. Females, 2 specimens, wing 51.1-54.3 (52.7), tail 27.2-28.7 (27.9), culmen from base 19.0-19.6 (19.3) mm. Type, male, wing 52.9, tail 29.5, culmen from base 19.6 mm. Range.—The eastern side of the Azuero Peninsula, western Pan- ama (specimens examined from El Barrero and Pesé, Herrera). Remarks.—tThe decidedly duller color separates this race at a glance from Amazilia edward niveoventer. The assumption is that it ranges over the eastern slope of the Azuero Peninsula, probably being found throughout the area during the rainy season, retreating to the foothill country, in the vicinity of heads of the streams where water is per- manent, during the long dry season. Amazilia edward collata, subsp. nov. : Characters.—Similar to the following race, Amazilia edward edward (De Lattre and Bourcier), but darker green above, with coppery iridescence much reduced; tail darker; under tail coverts with brown markings duller and less in extent. Description.—Type, U.S.N.M. No. 433638, head of Rio Anton, 1,900 feet elevation, near El Valle de Anton, Coclé, Panama, March 28, 1951, collected by A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo (orig. No. 16563). Crown, sides of neck, and upper back iridescent Cossack green ; lower back and upper tail coverts iridescent grass green with scattered cop- pery reflections; rump dull citrine drab; remiges dull purplish black, 18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 with a faint violaceous sheen ; rectrices rather dull neutral red, slightly iridescent, the feathers edged lightly with fuscous, the edging showing a faint brassy sheen; throat, foreneck, upper breast, and sides shin- ing, iridescent vivid green; lower breast and abdomen white; under tail coverts deep mouse gray, edged with whitish with some mixture of avellaneous; under wing coverts shining parrot green. Base of mandible avellaneous; rest of bill, tarsi, and toes black (from dried skin). Measurements —Males, 8 specimens, wing 51.1-56.0 (53.5), tail 27.5-31.0 (28.9), culmen from base 19.0-21.3 (19.8) mm. Females, 5 specimens, wing 50.7-53.4 (51.7), tail 26.9-29.2 (28.0), culmen from base 19.9-21.0 (20.5) mm. Type, male, wing 54.2, tail 31.0, culmen from base 19.0 mm. Range.—Known from eastern Coclé (El Valle de Anton) to the ex- treme western section of the Province of Panama (La Campana) ; probably ranging west to Veraguas. Remarks.—This race in its darker tail serves as a link to connect typical edward of the Canal Zone with niveoventer of Chiriqui. In its darker, duller back it differs from both, resembling here the blackish- tailed form Iudibunda of the eastern side of the Azuero Peninsula. In one area of low, woody-stemmed weeds near El Valle de Anton we found these birds very abundant. Amazilia edward edward (De Lattre and Bourcier) : Trochilus edward De LATTRE and Bourcirr, Rev. Zool., September (November) 1846, p. 308 (Isthmus of Panama). Back and rump with extensive copper and bronze reflections; tail distinctly iridescent reddish brown, usually near liver brown; under tail coverts grayish olive centrally, edged widely with cinnamon-buff. The Canal Zone (Gattin; near Juan Mina; Corozal), and adjacent sections of the provinces of Colon (Portobelo) and Panama (to the west to La Chorrera, and to the east to Pacora and Utivé). The specimens from Pacora and Utivé are intermediate toward the next race, crosbyt. Amazilia edward crosbyi (Griscom) : Saucerottia edwardi crosbyi Griscom, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 282, Sept. 12, 1927, p. 5 (Punta Garachiné, Darién, Panama). Lower back extensively coppery bronze like edward; tail golden bronze; under tail coverts cinnamon, with some markings of clay color or pinkish cinnamon on flanks, especially in females. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE ge) Eastern part of the Province of Panama (Cerro Ultima, at 2,000 feet on the western end of Cerro Azul; Chepo; Quebrada Cauchero, at the southern base of Cerro Chucanti) to the Pacific slope of west- ern Darién (Rio Capeti; Boca de Cupe; Garachiné). Some of the specimens from Chepo are intermediate toward edward. Amazilia edward margaritarum (Griscom) : Saucerottia edwardi margaritarum Griscom, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 282, Sep- tember 12, 1927, p. 4 (Isla Pedro Gonzalez, Archipiélago de las Perlas, Panama). Closely similar to crosbyi, but under tail coverts somewhat duller brown, being sayal brown to tawny-olive; with more brown on the flanks, particularly in females. Archipiélago de las Perlas (Isla El Rey, Saboga, San José, Pedro Gonzalez) ; Taboga, Taboguilla. Differences between this form and A. e. crosbyi in the relatively few specimens of the latter available are slight. It is possible that it may be found necessary to merge these two when more material is examined. In that event the name margaritarum will be used. ANTHOSCENUS LONGIROSTRIS LONGIROSTRIS (Audebert and Vieillot) Trochilus longirostris AUDEBERT and VIEILLoT, Oiseaux dorés ..., vol. 1, 1801, p. 107, pl. 59 (Trinidad). There are two specimens in the National Museum from Taboga Island taken by Heyde and Lux in September 1888. These are un- questionably the basis, through a typographical error, of Ridgway’s record’ from “Saboga Island,” that locality being in the Pearl Is- lands, from which this hummer has not been recorded. A large hummingbird of this size that I saw indistinctly below the summit of Taboga on February 3 was probably this species. Family TyRANNIDAE: Tyrant Flycatchers MUSCIVORA TYRANNUS MONACHUS (Hartlaub): Northern Fork-tailed Flycatcher Tyrannus (Milvulus) monachus Hartitaus, Rev. Zool., vol. 7, 1944, p. 214 (Guatemala). A fork-tailed flycatcher seen by Eugene Eisenmann at Restinga on Taboga, July 5, 1951, is presumed to be a straggler of the race found on the mainland. 7U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 50, pt. 5, 1911, p. 347. 20 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I TYRANNUS TYRANNUS (Linnaeus): Eastern Kingbird Lanius tyrannus LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 94 (South Carolina). Found in migration. I noted several of these kingbirds on Tabo- guilla, March 20, two flocks and scattered individuals on Urava, March 22, and many on Taboga, March 22 and 23. They apparently pass directly across the Bay of Panama, as they are common as pas- sage migrants on the Pearl Islands. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS CHLORONOTUS Berlepsch: Lichtenstein’s Tropical Kingbird Tyrannus chloronotus BERLEPSCH, Ornis, vol. 14, 1907, p. 474 (Temax, Yucatan). The tropical kingbird was common on the three islands in more open areas and several were collected. On February 3 we noted a num- ber along the road leading to the summit of Taboga, and in March re- corded them as common around the fields. On Urava and Taboguilla they were found in open areas where clearings had been made, and elsewhere along the shore. One was taken on Taboguilla on Au- gust 15, 1915, by Thomas Hallinan. MYIODYNASTES LUTEIVENTRIS Sclater: Sulphur-bellied Flycatcher Myiodynastes luteiventris ScLATER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 27, May 1859, p. 42 (Vera Paz, Guatemala, and Orizaba, México). On March 20 I saw a flycatcher of this species in forest near the summit of Taboguilla but did not succeed in collecting it. When the bird is clearly observed the blackish chin and side of the throat and the yellower underparts mark this species clearly and distinguish it from the resident form of this genus, Myiodynastes maculatus difficilis, found commonly in the tropical zone in Panama. The latter ranges in the Pearl Islands, but we did not find it on Taboga. MYIARCHUS FEROX PANAMENSIS Lawrence Myiarchus panamensis Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, May 1860, p. 284 (Atlantic slope of Canal Zone on the Panama Railroad). This was one of the most common of the passeriform birds, being found through the open woodland on all three islands. The birds were quiet, except for their low notes, and though not wary often remained unseen except to a keen eye. On one occasion on Taboga I saw eight at one time within 75 yards of me. They were beginning to nest at the end of March. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 21 The series from Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava has the bill aver- aging very slightly heavier than in the mainland birds. In addition the average color of the dorsal surface is very faintly darker. In size of bill they approach specimens from the Perlas Islands. The dif- ferences are slight and there is much overlap, a fair number in the extensive series from mainland Panama being indistinguishable. Lawrence notes that the two specimens from which he described this bird were collected by McLeaman on the “Atlantic side of the Isthmus of Panama, along the line of the Panama Railroad.” § CONTOPUS VIRENS (Linnaeus): Eastern Wood Pewee Muscicapa virens LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, 1766, p. 327 (South Carolina). Two males of this migrant species were taken on Taboguilla Is- land, March 18 and 20. One other bird of this genus was seen on the latter date. EMPIDONAX VIRESCENS (Vieillot) Platyrhynchos virescens ViEtLtLtot, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., nouv. éd., vol. 27, 1818, p. 22 (near Philadelphia, Pa.). Migrant; taken on Taboguilla Island, March 18. This bird had the lower mandible dark except at the extreme base, instead of light throughout as is the normal condition. SUBLEGATUS GLABER ARENARUM (Salvin) Elainea arenarum Savin, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 190 (near Punta- renas, Costa Rica). This small species is much less common than the other resident flycatchers. On March 18 I collected two females on Taboguilla Island at the edge of cultivated fields. One rested in the middle branches of a mango tree, and the other was in a bush near the ground. A small grayish flycatcher seen indistinctly on March 23 near the beach back of Restinga on Taboga Island was supposed to have been this species, but it is possible that it may have been a small elainea (E. chiriquensis). The two taken are slightly darker above than the average from the mainland but are equaled in this respect by some individual specimens. In placing a name on these two I have followed the ten- 8 Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, 1861, p. 205. 22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOGs Tar tative usage adopted in connection with specimens from San José and Pedro Gonzalez Islands, in the Perlas group.° The subspecies to be recognized in Panama and the name to be applied to it are at present uncertain. ELAENIA FLAVOGASTER CRISTULA, subsp. nov. Characters ——Similar to Elaenia flavogaster pallididorsalis A\l- drich 7° but grayer, less greenish olive above; light edgings of rectrices slightly less greenish. Description—Type, U.S.N.M. No. 445281, male, Taboga Island, Panama, March 16, 1952, collected by A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo (orig. No. 17311). Crown dark olive, the feathers margined with deep olive, a broad concealed line of white centrally, which is visible when the short crest is elevated; hindneck, back, and lesser wing coverts deep olive; rump and upper tail coverts grayish olive; rectrices dull hair brown, margined faintly externally with citrine drab ; primaries, secondaries, tertials, greater and middle wing coverts fuscous-black; greater and middle wing coverts edged irregularly with dull white, forming two prominent bars; tertials margined ex- ternally with dull white; outer webs of secondaries margined lightly with primrose yellow, and of primaries with dark olive-buff ; rectrices clove brown, the outer one margined indistinctly with deep olive- buff, the others edged with citrine-drab, the color more prominent toward the base of the feather; loral area and region below eye light grayish olive, mixed with white, the latter forming an indistinct line extending from above the lores to above the anterior part of the eye; circlet of small feathers bordering margin of eyelids white; auricular area deep grayish olive; chin, throat, and upper foreneck dull white mixed with smoke gray ; an indefinitely delimited band of light grayish olive across upper breast, some of the feathers margined lightly with dull primrose yellow; lower breast and abdomen primrose yellow, becoming duller laterally to merge with the deep olive-buff of sides and flanks ; under wing coverts dull primrose yellow, becoming prim- rose yellow on edge of wing; a broken line of clove brown inside edge of wing; axillars olive-buff; inner webs of primaries and sec- ondaries edged with dull white. Maxilla hair brown at base, fuscous- black at tip; tarsus and toes dull black (from dried skin). 9 Wetmore, A., Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 106, No. 1, Aug. 5, 1946, pp. 50-51. 10 Elaenia flavogastra pallididorsalis Aldrich, Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, Aug. 31, 1937, p. 106 (Paracoté, Veraguas, Panama). NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 23 Measurements.—Males, 13 specimens, wing 75.4-83.3 (79.5), tail 69.5-78.2 (74.0), culmen from base 12.5-14.7 (13.7), tarsus 19.0-21.4 (20.0) mm. Females, 6 specimens, wing 74.2-77.9 (76.0), tail 65.0-71.0 (68.4), culmen from base 12.2-14.6 (13.3), tarsus 19.5-21.3 (20.3) mm. Type, male, wing 76.5, tail 69.7, culmen from base 12.5, tarsus 20.0 mm. Range.—Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava Islands, Panama. Remarks.—The new race is definitely darker above than EL. f. silvi- cultrix Wetmore of the Pearl Islands. The separation from the main- land form on the darker gray dorsal coloration is for some specimens an average difference. Some individuals are close to the mainland birds, but the series as a whole is distinct. This is one of the most abundant birds on the three islands when it is found. On Taboga on February 3 we noted it commonly along the road leading to the summit of the island, and in our later work recorded it every day. By March 17 the birds were mating and pre- paring to nest. The wheezy songs were heard constantly through the daylight hours as this is one of the species that remains active regard- less of the heat of the sun. The birds ranged in the open forest, in low second growth, and along the edge of the clearings. They were usually tame and frequently perched with the crest elevated forming an attractive silhouette. Their food was berries and.drupes of various kinds, all so small in size that they were swallowed entire. The flight was tilting, and, while only moderately strong, I saw them crossing spaces of 200 to 300 yards, as for example from the trees at Restinga across the water to the islet of El Morro. We had no indication, however, that they flew longer distances. Family VIREONIDAE: Vireos VIREO FLAVOVIRIDIS FLAVOVIRIDIS (Cassin): Common Yellow-green Vireo Vireosylva flavoviridis Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol 5, June 30, 1851, p. 152, pl. 11 (San Juan de Nicaragua) .11 Migrant. A male was taken on Taboga on March 16. It is probable that the typical form, marked by brighter green back, passes regularly through these islands in its migration between its winter home in the upper Amazon Valley and its breeding grounds in Central America. 11 Originally described from four specimens from Panama City and San Juan de Nicaragua; type locality designated as “western Nicaragua” by van Rossem and Hachisuka, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 50, Sept. 30, 1937; and as “San Juan de Nicaragua” by Zimmer, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1127, June 26, IQ4I, p. 2. 24 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I VIREO FLAVOVIRIDIS INSULANUS Bangs: Panama Yellow-green Vireo Vireo insulanus BANncs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 3, Mar. 31, 1902, p. 73 (San Miguel Island=Isla El Rey, Archipiélago de las Perlas, Panama). This is one of the most common of the small breeding land birds of Taboga and its neighboring islands, being found through the forested areas and in the taller thickets near the cultivated fields. I noted a number on February 3, and during our work in the latter part of March they were recorded daily after March 16. They were usually in pairs, with males singing steadily and displaying, so that the nesting season then was beginning. They were much disturbed by our calling to attract small birds and often came within a few feet. Ten speci- mens were collected as follows: Taboga, March 16, 17, and 23; Taboguilla, March 18 and 20; Urava, March 22. The status of the race insulanus has been uncertain, owing to the migration of other subspecies, including typical flavoviridis and hypoleucus, through its breeding range in Panama. It is probable that V. f. forreri of the Tres Marias Islands, off the coast of north- western México, also travels through the Republic, though specimens have not been taken to date. All four races move south after the close of the nesting season to the upper Amazon Basin, where the species is found from southeastern Colombia to northeastern Bolivia. As the breeding season approaches they return northward to their respective nesting grounds between Panama and northern México. Several years ago in a survey of limited material,’? mainly from the Pearl Islands, I was unable to separate insulanus and flavoviridis, an opinion held by Zimmer 7° on the basis of other material. A steady accumulation of specimens, however, has given a better perspective, so that now I find that the series from San José Island that I ex- amined originally contains examples of both insulanus and flavoviridis, which explains the confusion under which I labored earlier. Peters ** has published an excellent summary of this species, main- taining it as an entity apart from the red-eyed vireo (Vireo olivaceus), with which I agree. It is readily evident that these two, as well as certain related groups are closely allied, but they differ sufficiently to warrant specific separation ; to merge them under one specific name causes confusion rather than orderly presentation. 12 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 106, No. 1, 1946, p. 54. 18 Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1127, June 26, 1941, p. 3. 14 Auk, vol. 48, 1931, pp. 575-587. NO. 2. BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 25 Although Peters (1. c.) includes birds from the Térraba valley, southwestern Costa Rica, in the breeding territory of V. f. isulanus, there is definite question in my mind as to whether the breeding range of this race on the mainland extends west of the Canal Zone. Appar- ently it is found on the Pacific slope of the mainland of Panama from the mouth of the Rio Bayano through the Canal Zone, but all that I have examined to date from the western edge of the Province of Panama to the eastern side of the Azuero Peninsula and Veraguas are flavoviridis. Possibly these are migrants, but some of them seemed to be on their breeding grounds. The race insulanus is definitely duller, less yellowish green above, than flavoviridis, and slightly duller on the sides and flanks, these being its main characters. In fact, it is the darkest of any of the four races into which the species is divided at present. The mainland specimens are very slightly brighter on the back than those from the Pearl Islands. The birds from Taboga are slightly darker than those from the islands of San José and Pedro Gonzalez, so that they seem to represent the race in its most specialized form. VIREO FLAVOVIRIDIS HYPOLEUCUS van Rossem and Hachisuka: Northwestern Yellow-green Vireo Vireo olivaceus hypoleucus VAN Ross—EM and HaAcuisuKa, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 50, Sept. 30, 1937, p. 159 (1,200 feet elevation in San Francisco Canyon, lat. 27°N., eastern Sonora, México). Two females of this migrant were taken on Taboga on March 16 and 18. The form nests in northwestern México, from Sonora to Nayarit, and migrates to the upper Amazon Basin. The present report is the first record for the Republic of Panama. In the field I did not distinguish the two taken from insulanus, the breeding form of the islands. As Vireo f. hypoleucus was described after publication of the paper by Peters mentioned above, it is pertinent to summarize its characters here. From the adjacent V. f. favoviridis the race hypoleucus is sepa- rated by decidedly duller green color above, thus being closer in appearance to insulanus. From the latter form it differs in being slightly more grayish green. Usually, the loral area is whiter than in insulanus, and the sides and flanks are somewhat brighter yellowish green. V. f. forrert of the Tres Marias Islands has the loral area duller than any of the other races, it being nearly concolor with the anterior part of the pileum. 26 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I VIREO FLAVIFRONS Vieillot: Yellow-throated Vireo Vireo flavifrons VriEILLot, Oiseaux de l’Amérique septentrionale, vol. 1, 1808, p. 85, pl. 54 (eastern United States). On March 17 we recorded several of these vireos, evidently passage migrants. Family CoEREBIDAE: Honey-creepers CYANERPES CYANEA CARNEIPES (Sciater): Northern Blue Honey-creeper Coereba carneipes P. L. Sciater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859 (February 1860), p. 376 (Playa Vicente, Oaxaca). Eugene Eisenmann saw two beside the road leading to the summit of Taboga on July 5, 1951. A boy told me that this bird was present on Taboguilla, but I did not find it. It is common in the Pearl Islands. This species, like the blue tanagers, often flies far above the forest trees, so that it is possible that it may cross to these islands from the mainland. Family ParuLipAE: Wood Warblers MNIOTILTA VARIA (Linnaeus): Black and White Warbler Motacilla varia LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, 1766, p. 333 (His- paniola). Migrant, apparently fairly common. On March 17 on Taboga I saw three and collected an adult male. I saw another on March 21 and the following day noted one on the Island of Urava. PROTONOTARIA CITREA (Boddaert): Prothonotary Warbler Motacilla citrea Boppaert, Table des planches enluminéez, 1783, p. 44 (Loui- siana). Migrant. I collected two females, one on the summit of Taboguilla Island, March 20, and one on Taboga, March 23. The latter was very fat. DENDROICA PETECHIA AEQUATORIALIS Sundevall: Panama Golden Warbler Dendroica petechia h) aequatorialis SUNDEVALL, Ofv. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 26, 1869 (1870), p. 609 (Panama City, Panama). On Taboguilla on March 18 and 20 we found the golden warbler fairly common, ranging from near the shore through the forested areas halfway to the summit of the island (pl. 2, fig. 1). As usual there was no difficulty in calling them, and thus they were easily seen. In careful search we did not locate any on Taboga, so that if NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 27 they occur they must be very rare. None were seen on Urava. The present assumption is that at present they are confined to Taboguilla. It is interesting to observe that in the scarcity of mangroves they range through the forests as they do on the islands of San José and Pedro Gonzalez in the Archipiélago de las Perlas. The series of eight taken includes well-marked males which agree with available aequatorialis from the mainland coast, from Chico, Chiman, and Maje. DENDROICA PETECHIA AMNICOLA Batchelder: Newfoundland Yellow Warbler Dendroica aestiva amnicola BATCHELDER, Proc. New England Zodl. Club, vol. 6, Feb. 6, 1918, p. 82 (Curslet, Newfoundland). A female in molt was taken on Taboguilla on March 20. Other yellow warblers were seen in Urava on March 22 and on Taboga on March 23, so that it was apparent that migration was in progress. To date I have record of five migrant subspecies from Panama, of which two, D. p. aestiva and D. p. amnicola, are common, while D. p. rubiginosa is less often found. D. p. morcomi and D. p. brewsteri at present are represented respectively by one and two specimens. Fred Hicks collected a yellow warbler on Taboga on January 31, 1865, according to the catalog of his collection. As the specimen cannot be found, the subspecific identity is not known. DENDROICA CERULEA (Wilson): Cerulean Warbler Sylvia cerulea Witson, American ornithology, vol. 2, 1810, p. 141, pl. 17, fig. 5 (Philadelphia, Pa.). Migrant. An adult male was taken on Taboga in an area of large trees on March 23. Family Ictermae: Blackbirds, Troupials CASSIDIX MEXICANUS PERUVIANUS (Swainson): Southern Boat-tailed Grackle Quiscalus Peruvianus Swatnson, Animals in menageries, Dec. 31, 1837, p. 354 (Peru). Resident, common, on Taboga, Taboguilla, and Urava. This is a bird of the coastal areas that ranges back around the groves and small fields in lowlands. There was a colony in the crowns of tall coconut palms in the village on Taboga, where females were carrying food to the nests on March 19. At the same time numerous males were 28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I in active mating display, while flocks of immature birds of the last brood ranged in company around the inland fields. At low tide scattered birds fed about pools on the shore in front of the village. A pair was taken on Taboga on March 16 and 17, and a pair on Taboguilla on March 20. Family THRAUPIDAE: Tanagers THRAUPIS VIRENS DIACONUS (Lesson): Northern Blue Tanager Tanagra (Aglaia) diaconus Lesson, Rev. Zool., June 1842, p. 175 (Realejo. Nicaragua). The blue tanager was one of the common birds on the three islands, being found in the tree-covered areas. These birds came constantly to the papaya plantations to feed on the ripening fruit, and at this season at least they did considerable damage. They were especially common on Taboguilla, where I had as many as 50 about me at one time, attracted by my calling for small birds. On such occasions they peer about, moving nervously, with soft calls. At other times they are seen in bounding flight over the trees. The three taken on Taboga March 16 and 17, and the two from Taboguilla shot March 18, all refer to the race found from east-central Panama (including the Pearl Islands) northward. Gyldenstolpe ** finds that the type of Loxia virens Linnaeus,’ which is preserved in the Zoological Museum of the University of Uppsala, is to be identi- fied without question as an example of this species, being what has been considered the typical race from Surinam. The term wirens therefore is taken as the species name to replace episcopus Linnaeus, which occurs in the same work on page 316. PIRANGA RUBRA RUBRA (Linnaeus): Eastern Summer Tanager Fringilla rubra LINNAEUS, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 181 (South Carolina). Migrant. Single birds of this species were seen on Taboga on March 18 and 21 and on Taboguilla on March 20. Natives reported that at times they came in great abundance. The full-plumaged males were known as sangre toro, the name given on the mainland to Ramphocelus dimidiatus, another red-colored tanager. 15 Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 22, No. 3, 1945, p. 311. 16 Systema naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, 1776, p. 303. NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 29 Family Frincittipar: Grosbeaks, Finches, Buntings SALTATOR ALBICOLLIS MELICUS, subsp. nov. Characters Similar to Saltator albicollis isthmicus Sclater +" but with larger, heavier bill; sides of head grayer; streak on either side of throat averaging darker ; flanks averaging darker ; dorsal surface of tail, and upper tail coverts averaging slightly darker gray. Description—Type, U.S.N.M. No. 445589, male, Taboga Island, Panama, March 19, 1952, collected by A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo (orig. No. 17356). Hindneck, back, and wings olive-citrine, the crown duller, being yellowish olive; outer webs of primaries and secondaries edged with yellowish citrine; rump and upper tail coverts dark olive-gray; rectrices dull mouse gray, edged with dark olive- gray, the shafts blackish, the two outer feathers edged narrowly with whitish on lower surface; remiges dark mouse gray; edge of upper eyelid narrowly Marguerite yellow, becoming dull white in front of eye, and broadening above lores to extend to the nasal fossa; lores, space below eye and ramal area deep mouse gray, becoming deep grayish olive over auriculars; throat white, bordered externally by a fairly broad line of dark greenish olive, which becomes iron gray where it borders the mandibular rami; rest of under surface, in general, white, washed with light yellowish, except in center of ab- domen, changing to light pinkish buff on under tail coverts and the adjacent posterior section of the flanks; breast streaked with dark greenish olive, forming an indefinite chest band; sides of breast and neck adjacent to this band yellowish olive; streakings fewer and much narrower on lower breast, changing to dark olive-gray and becoming heavier on flanks; edge of wing barium yellow; under wing coverts and axillars cream-buff; inner webs of primaries whitish basally. Bill slate black; tarsus dull benzo brown; toes fuscous-black; claws slate black (from dried skin). Measurements.—Males (7 specimens), wing 88.2-92.5 (90.8), tail 79.3-85.0 (82.4) ; culmen from base 18.8-20.9 (19.8), depth of bill at base 12.3-13.0 (12.6), tarsus 22.3-24.1 (23.2) mm. Females (4 specimens), wing 85.7-90.0 (87.5), tail 79.4-83.6 (81.0), culmen from base 19.4-20.0 (19.6), depth of bill at base 12.6- 13.7 (12.9), tarsus 22.8-24.8 (23.7) mm. Type, male, wing 91.8, tail 82.9, culmen from base 18.8, depth of bill at base 13.0, tarsus 24.1 mm. Range.—Taboga Island, Panama. 17 Saltator isthmicus P. L. Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, August 1861, p. 130 (Isthmus of Panama). 30 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Remarks.—The more swollen bill, while not seeming of great ex- tent in actual measurement, is easily apparent on comparing skins. In 21 males of S. a. isthmuicus the depth of the bill at base measures I1.2-12.5 (11.8) and in 14 females 11.5-12.8 (12.2) mm. In other dimensions melicus and isthnucus are identical. In general appear- ance the new race is similar to isthmucus of the adjacent mainland, and is more remote from speratus of the Perlas Islands. The latter is closer to striatipictus of Colombia, being another indication of affinity in the avifauna of that island group with northwestern South America. The name of the form described from Taboga is given in allusion to the sweet-voiced song. We heard the notes of these birds on our first visit to Taboga on February 3 and later found them fairly common but shy. They ranged in the thickets bordering the fields, or in the scrub on the lower slopes, where we found them most active early in the morning. In such areas males sang from elevated perches near the tops of trees, under open cover, while others ranged through the leaf-covered branches often uttering low notes as they searched for food. At times they decoyed rather easily, and on other occasions they were quite shy, so that it took considerable work to secure our series of 11 skins. The clear song, rather cardinal-like in its tone, was the principal pleasing bird note of the island, usually heard in contrast to the rasping calls of the elainea. The flight was rapidly tilting and covy- ered only short distances at a time. At the end of March the birds were about to nest. One taken March 16 was an immature barely grown, with yellow-tipped bill, so that the breeding season may be irregular. As five races of this saltator are now recognized in the Republic of Panama, it will be of interest to list them, with their characters and their distribution. Saltator albicollis striatipictus Lafresnaye: Saltator striatipictus LAFRESNAYE, Rey. Zool., vol. 10, March 1847, p. 73 (Cali, Valle de Cauca, Colombia). Undersurface clearly and predominantly white, with little wash of yellowish green; streakings slightly grayer. Trinidad, northern Venezuela, and northern Colombia; Cana, Darién. (Apparently of restricted range in Panama.) NO. 2 BIRDS OF TABOGA, TABOGUILLA, URAVA—WETMORE 31 Saltator albicollis speratus Bangs and Penard: Saltator striatipictus speratus BANGs and Penarp, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 63, June 1919, p. 33 (Saboga Island, Archipiélago de las Perlas, Panama). Similar in general appearance to striatipictus, but with more pro- nounced yellowish-green wash on under surface; slightly less heavily streaked. The Pearl Islands, where recorded from El Rey, San José, Pedro Gonzalez, Moreno, Saboga, and Viveros. This form is slightly intermediate toward isthmicus but is definitely more closely allied to striatipictus. It is of particular interest as another element in the avifauna of the Pearl Islands that seems to have been derived from northwestern Colombia. Saltator albicollis isthmicus Sclater: Saltator isthmicus P. L. ScLater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, August 1861, p. 130 (Isthmus of Panama). Similar to striatipictus, but strongly washed with olive-green below, with the streaks more olive than dark gray; flanks and under tail coverts distinctly buffy; the entire lower surface less strongly white. Mainly on the Pacific slope of Panama from San Antonio, on the lower Rio Bayano, and Chepo through the Canal Zone to the Azuero Peninsula and Veraguas; ranging on the Caribbean slope to Gattn, in the northern part of the Canal Zone, and on the Rio Indio to EI Uracillo, in extreme northeastern Coclé. Probably extending up the valley of the Rio Bayano in eastern Panama, and on the west into eastern Chiriqui. Saltator albicollis melicus Wetmore: Described above, on page 29. Similar in general to S. a. isthmicus, but with larger, heavier bill; sides of head grayer ; streak on either side of throat averaging grayer ; flanks averaging darker; dorsal surface of tail and upper tail coverts averaging slightly darker gray. Taboga Island. Saliator albicolis furax Bangs and Penard: Saliator striatipictus furax BANGS and PEeNnarp, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 63, June 1910, p. 32 (near Boruca, Costa Rica). Similar to isthnucus but darker below, with the streaking heavier and more definitely green. 32 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Western Chiriqui (David, El Volcan) to the Térraba valley, south- western Costa Rica. SPOROPHILA NIGRICOLLIS NIGRICOLLIS (Vieillot): Yellow-bellied Seedeater Pyrrhula mgricollis Viemxot, Tabl. Encycl. Méth., Orn., livr. 93, July 1823, p. 1027 (Brazil). Eugene Eisenmann recorded this species near Restinga on June 24, 1948, and reports it as common on July 5, 1951. We did not find it in February and March 1952. Distribution of the species in Panama is not clearly understood at present and seems in part to be seasonal, as the birds are reported to appear during the rains in localities where they are absent during the dry season. The birds are easily recognized from other seedeaters in any plumage by the light-gray bill. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL SI2i INOS 2; oR 1, THE VILLAGE AND BAY ON TABOGA ISLAND, WITH THE ISLET EL MORRO AT THE RIGHT March 17, 1952 2, THE WESTERN SIDE OF TABOGA ISLAND, SITE OF NESTING COLONIES OF THE BROWN PELICAN March 17, 1952 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 1217 NOM 2, PES 2 1. TABOGUILLA ISLAND, FROM THE VILLAGE OF TABOGA March 16, 1952 2, HILLS ON THE SOUTHERN END OF TABOGA ISLAND, AS SEEN FROM THE VILLAGE March 16, 1952 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLS 1207 3NOl+2; PE: 3 1, BEACH ON TABOGUILLA ISLAND, WITH TABOGA AND ITS VILLAGE IN THE DISTANCE March 18, 1952 2. URAVA ISLAND, AT THE LEFT, AND THE SOUTHERN END OF TABOGA ISLAND March 18, 1952 Al ti . ny AC Reis Fear oy) Eee ie) ea i, o _ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 3 flary Waux CHalcott F und for Publications in Botany A REVISION OF THE COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA _ (POLYGALACEAE) BY RAMON FERREYRA University of San Marcos, Lima, Pert (Pustication 4100) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FEBRUARY 3, 1953 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 3 Mary Waux Talcott Fund for Publications in Botany A REVISION OF THE COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA (POLYGALACEAE) BY RAMON FERREYRA University of San Marcos, Lima, Peri (Pustication 4100) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FEBRUARY 3, 1953 ae 7 . iP i Ps i, fared at : fom ve » , 2 . ; The Lord Baltimore Press 4 ' BALTIMORE, MD., U. 8. A. oe In the generous bequest of Mrs. Charles D. Walcott to the Smithsonian Institution there was included the undistributed edition of the beautiful illustrations of North American Wild Flowers, printed from water colors made by Mrs. Walcott from nature and repro- duced by special process under her personal supervision. These plates, in five portfolio volumes, have been highly popular and have been sold in considerable numbers. In accordance with an indication given to me by Mrs. Walcott in discussing these matters a number of years ago, the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution has set aside the first proceeds derived from these sales as a special fund in Mrs. Walcott’s name for publications dealing with the science of botany. It is anticipated that these studies will be mainly technical in nature and will relate to researches made principally in the United States National Herbarium, in which Mrs. Walcott was so deeply interested. With this paper there is instituted the first of this series, to appear in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Col- lections under the heading Mary Vaux Watcott Funp FOR PUBLICATIONS IN BOTANY. ALEXANDER WETMORE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. September 1952 ili PREFACE The present paper by Dr. Ramon Ferreyra, professor of botany at the University of San Marcos, Lima, Pert, was prepared while he was pursuing studies at the United States National Herbarium as a Fellow of the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. The genus Monnina (Polygalaceae) is exclusively American, occur- ring principally in the Andes of northwestern South America. A revision of the Peruvian species has already been published, and future papers dealing with those of Ecuador and Venezuela are in the course of preparation. Regional treatments are planned since many species are endemic to each country. There are 32 species herein credited to Colombia, 11 of which are described as new. A discussion of the morphology of Momnnina is included, as well as a brief discussion of the distribution of the species in Colombia. Jason R. SwWALLEN Head Curator, Department of Botany United States National Museum No tidael 0h seosioag ears lacks ae wae ORY canter aioe cihieewilixad To tab. ote NAb ae hodeltetjaey Hd Via. aE wAtaadh. ugha ‘ot tak ort! oes 7 hire eae Bey year? eae sid looker ctqizeuaph ay Si i if abeliiie odo ait) hS odaornalts, vy!) a Te: stein selbst tog a i gnntoeh \ urnmavnna cy, oa ttver.) tag Vi “i ee eae Sit ildetpic Downey aa BAI rR Penarth walla as clea Kawi aot nti Na womitehans® igmosolt endailernmyrn Cla giecuh ia wt Creat) eal sete. doen ies wanstawel i Hoaal ewan XG TenighiaW mile, Lacs : Lee i Ciel Vi, ih) PIL Oe rn re ce Mary Waux Walcott Fund for Publications tn Botany A REVISION: OF THE COLOMBIAN: SPECIES OF MONNINA (ROLYGALACEAE) By RAMON FERREYRA University of San Marcos, Lima, Peri INTRODUCTION THE present paper is limited to a taxonomic revision of the species of Monnina known to occur in Colombia. Since the publication of his revision of the Peruvian species of this genus,’ the writer has extended his work to a consideration of Monnina in other Andean countries and hopes to present future considerations of the species occurring in Ecuador and Venezuela. The genus is exclusively American and occurs principally in the Andes of northwestern South America. The greatest concentration of species appears to be in the Peruvian Andes, although certain an- nual species are endemic to the coastal region of Peru, somewhat apart from the Andes. However, the present study, in which 32 species are recognized, indicates that Colombia also is an important distributional center for Monnina. Most of the species recognized are endemic to the country, often with a limited distribution, but a few extend southward into Ecuador, Peru, and even Bolivia. During the past 30 years botanical collecting in Colombia has been greatly accelerated; the recent material assembled by Dr. José Cuatrecasas, for example, has added several new entities to Monnina. The genus Monnina was founded by Ruiz and Pavon in 1798, with a discussion of several Peruvian species; the type species is M. poly- stachya R. & P. It is a very distinct genus, distinguished from its closest relative, Polygala L., by having the stamens conspicuously grouped into two fascicles, the filaments being united upward almost to the attachment of the anthers, and the truncate stigma having two dissimilar lobes. 1A revision of the Peruvian species of Monnina. Journ. Arn. Arb. 27: 123- 167, pls. I-10. 1946. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS, VOL. 121, NO. 3 2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I MORPHOLOGY Although most species of Monnina are shrubs, a few are slender trees. Farther south several of the species are annuals, but in Colom- bia only one species, M. santamartensis, appears to have an annual habit. In this species the root is conspicuously branched and attains a length of about 12 cm., while the branches are flexuose. The predominant type of stem is, of course, woody, but several species in addition to M. santamartensis would be better defined as having herbaceous stems. Such species as M. chodatiana, M. ar- borescens, M. bracteata, and M. mollis have been described by collec- tors as trees, while several others are characterized by a twining, subscandent habit. Among the latter may be mentioned M. subscan- dens, M. cuatrecasasti, and M. speciosa. The stem in M. aestuans is conspicuously branched in the upper part; M. revoluta has corym- bose branches, while in other cases (M. involuta and M. salicifolia) the branches are nodose. The branchlets may be either striate or terete, and usually they are more or less pubescent, although in such species as M. cuatrecasasti, M. glaberrima, and M. oblanceolata the branchlets are glabrous. The leaves of Monnina are alternate and usually fairly well sepa- rated, although in M. aestuans and M. revoluta they are congested and not obviously alternate. The blades vary in shape from elliptic, oblong, or lanceolate to oblanceolate or almost linear; leaf shape is a fairly consistent character within species. In texture the blades are prevailingly more or less herbaceous, being coriaceous in only a few species, such as M. cuatrecasasti, M. obtustfolia, M. aestuans, and M. pennellu. The apex is frequently acute to acuminate, less commonly obtuse and mucronate, as in M. obtusifolia, M. aestuans, and M. mollis. The margins, usually entire and flattened, may some- times be more or less obviously revolute, conspicuously so in such species as M. revoluta. The venation is pinnate, the lateral nerves varying from 4 to 12 per side; however, M. oblanceolata and M. revoluta, owing to their obscure secondaries, are better described as having one-nerved leaves. In the Colombian species the leaves are always petiolate, the length of the petiole ranging from 2 mm. (in M. revoluta) to 15 mm. (in M. subspeciosa) ; the petiole is occasion- ally narrowly winged. Although leaf indument of more or less density is the usual condition, the leaves of many species become glabrate very early or, asin M. cuatrecasasu, M. chlamydantha, M. glaberrima, and M. oblanceolata, the leaves may be described as strictly glabrous. As a general rule the indument is composed of short hairs, either NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 3 simple or multicellular, which ordinarily are not very persistent, the majority of plants being glabrescent. Sometimes the hairs are rigid and yellowish (in M. speciosa), but more frequently they are whitish or grayish. A considerable number of species of Monnina have the inflores- cences simply racemose, the racemes being terminal or axillary, while a somewhat smaller group of species have paniculate inflorescences. A peduncle is always present, varying in length, among the Colom- bian species, from 4 mm. (in M. revoluta) to 60 mm. (in M. chla- mydantha). The lateral branches of paniculate inflorescences are usually ascending but sometimes divaricate, as for instance in M. crassinervia, M. speciosa, and others. The flowers of Monnina are bisexual and zygomorphic. The per- sistent calyx consists of five concave sepals, three exterior and two interior, all of them diverse in size. It may be observed that most species with paniculate inflorescences have the two lower sepals (of the outer three) more or less united; on the other hand, the majority of species with simply racemose inflorescences have the two lower sepals completely free. The degree to which the lower sepals are united, if at all, usually provides a dependable specific character. The two inner sepals (wings) are petaloid and usually deep blue in color. Most species of the genus have the three outer sepals smaller than the two inner ones (wings), but the reverse is the case in a few species, such as M. involuta, M. latifolia, and M. bracteata. In M. involuta the apices of the outer sepals are strongly involute. The wings are characteristically bent inward and have the dorsal surfaces either glabrous or densely pubescent (as in M. chodatiana and M. latifolia). The base of the wings is usually obtuse, being acute only in M. parviflora, M. rupestris, and M. andreana. Measurements of calyx parts in my descriptions represent the maximum and minimum observed in the available specimens, but the illustrations have been prepared with reference to the maximum measurements. The corolla is composed of three petals, a median inferior one called the keel and two superior lateral ones; these lateral ones are more or less ligulate in shape and are united with the staminal tube. The keel is usually yellow and its apex is trilobed, rarely inconspicuously so (as in M. obtusifolia, M. involuta, and M. angustata). In many species the middle lobe is the largest of the three, but in M. crassi- nervia, M. speciosa, and M. parviflora it is smaller than the lateral lobes. The inner surface of the keel may be either glabrous or pubes- cent. The superior petals in most species are elongate-spatulate 4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 (sometimes shortly spatulate), and indument is usually present to a certain degree. The stamens are eight and completely united into two groups. Ordinarily the short free portions of the stamens are glabrous, but in M. obtusifolia they show some pubescence. In length the filaments vary from 2.6 mm. (in M. parviflora) to 5.5 mm. (in M. subscan- dens). The anthers are always apically dehiscent. The ovary is usually ovoid or ellipsoid and glabrous. However, M. crassinervia and M. chodatiana have densely pubescent ovaries, the hairs in the latter case being 2.5 mm. long. In certain species (e. g., M. subscandens, M. cuatrecasasti, and M. elongata) the ovary is partially pubescent, and in M. colombiana it is slightly winged in the upper part. The style is usually cylindric and always geniculate, in several species being distally thickened. The style may be either glabrous or, if pubescent, with indument in the middle portion or toward the stigma (as in M. obtusifolia). The stigma is bilobed, the lower lobe being almost acute and the upper one tuberculate and papillose. The disk is reduced to a gland at the base of the ovary. The fruit of Monnina is a t-celled and 1-seeded drupe, usually ellipsoid in shape, but in M. colombiana and M. rupestris it may be described as samaroid, as the upper portion is slightly winged. The drupe of M. arborescens is truncate at base. In most species the fruit is glabrous, M. chodatiana being an exception and having a strongly canescent-pubescent fruit. The pedicels are terete and pubescent, in length ranging from inconspicuous (less than 1 mm. long in M. pilosa and M. pennellit) to fairly obvious (3.2 mm. long in M. speciosa). DISTRIBUTION In Colombia, Monnina occurs in all three cordilleras of the Andes, at elevations of 1,000 to 4,200 meters. Monnina subspeciosa has been found at the lower of these extremes, M. revoluta at the higher. Many species grow in the forested areas of the subtropical and tem- perate zones, the major concentration occurring in the central and southwestern parts of the country. Of species occurring in Colombia, M. salicifolia has the most extensive distribution, being found south- ward to Bolivia; M. pilosa also occurs southward, extending through Ecuador into Peru. Monnina phytolaccaefolia is another common species of wide distribution, being found in Colombia and Ecuador. Many species of the genus, however, are local endemics with a com- paratively small range, but future collecting must determine the real geographic limits of species now known from too few specimens. NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 5 MATERIAL All the available Colombian specimens of Monmina in the herbaria of the following institutions have been examined and are cited in this treatment: Chicago Natural History Museum (Ch); Gray Her- barium of Harvard University (GH) ; New York Botanical Garden (NY); U.S. National Museum (US). To the directors and cura- tors of these institutions I am grateful for the many courtesies they have extended. Many types and photographs have been examined, and without these it would have been impossible to solve satisfactorily certain problems of identification. In many species the superficial vegetative characters are very similar, and therefore it is necessary to examine the floral structure in order to make even provisional iden- tifications. The flowers of each species have been illustrated by the writer, in the hope that these text figures will facilitate identification for those who use this treatment. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The studies resulting in this publication have been pursued during the writer’s tenure as a Fellow of the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation, and the work was done in the Department of Botany, U. S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution. To the authorities of these organizations I wish to express sincere thanks for the support and facilities offered. In particular, my friends on the staff of the Smithsonian Institution, Jason R. Swallen, E. P. Killip, A. C. Smith, and L. B. Smith, have given me much encouragement and many useful suggestions. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Monnina R. & P. Syst. Veg. 169. 1798; for references to subsequent treatments of the genus see Ferreyra in Journ. Arn. Arb. 27: 128. 1946. Herbs, shrubs, or trees, sometimes scandent. Leaves alternate, entire, without stipules, pubescent or glabrous, mostly lanceolate, el- liptic, or oblong, rarely spatulate, linear, or oblanceolate, penninerved or rarely 1-nerved, petiolate. Flowers in terminal or axillary racemes, sometimes in panicles; peduncle short to long, the inflorescence axis bracteate. Sepals 5, the 3 outer ones herbaceous, free or the two lower united, the two inner (wings) petaloid and usually much larger, more or less concave. Petals 3, the lowermost (keel) carinate, the two upper ones ligulate, usually elongate, united below to the staminal sheath. Stamens 8, the filaments united nearly to apex into a sheath 6 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I split on the upper side ; anthers 2-celled. Ovary 1-celled ; style genicu- late, glabrous, sometimes pubescent ; stigma with two dissimilar lobes, the lower one acute, the upper papillose with 1 tubercle. Disk re- duced to a gland at base of ovary (hypogynous). Fruit a drupe with thin fleshy coat, rarely samaroid, the surface rugose, glabrous or pubescent. KEY TO THE SPECIES Inflorescence paniculate, the lateral branches usually divaricate. Lower sepals usually 4 or % united, rarely only 4 or inconspicuously united at base. Ovary pubescent, sometimes only in the upper part. Leaves oblong, conspicuously coriaceous, the nerves prominulous beneath, theapex Obtuse .Winiad, «oc sctcitia seieicinys bess Chatelaseuents 1. M. crassinervia Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, usually membranaceous, rarely coriaceous, the nerves not prominulous beneath, the apex acuminate or acute. Small tree; branches densely hirsute ; leaves acute; outer sepals densely pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 4 united; ovary with con- spicuous indument (hairs to 2.5 mm. long)....... 2. M. chodatiana Scandent plants; branches glabrous; leaves acuminate; outer sepals glabrous beneath, the two lower ones 3 or 4 united; ovary pubes- cent with very short hairs. Leaf blades membranaceous; lower sepals 3 united, acute, 1-nerved; keel densely pubescent within, glabrous without; style glabrous. 3. M. subscandens Leaf blades coriaceous; lower sepals 4 united, obtuse, 5-nerved; keel glabrous within, pubescent without; style pubescent. 4. M. cuatrecasasti Ovary always completely glabrous. Scandent plant; leaves ovate-lanceolate, the base conspicuously rounded. 5. M. speciosa Erect shrubs; leaves lanceolate or more or less elliptic, the base attenuate. Lateral branches of panicle obtuse at apex; leaves large, to 32 cm. long; lower sepals slightly united; ovary slightly winged in the upper DATE aise ca cschaveisis sis iss ateieee ase elc ies OPE EOE 6. M. colombiana Lateral branches of panicle acuminate or acute at apex, rarely obtuse; leaves smaller, to 23 cm. long; lower sepals usually 2, sometimes 3, united; ovary not winged. Panicle with few divaricate lateral branches (about 3); flowers completely covered with bracts, these broad, glandular beneath; outer Sepals obtuse, no ocr sere seme emak ae ne 7. M. chlamydantha Panicle with crowded, ascending, lateral branches (about 14) ; flowers with linear bracts, these glabrous beneath; outer sepals acute, rarely obtuse. Habit tomentose; leaves to 23 cm. long, with 10 or II pairs of lateral veins; flowers small (3.5-3.8 mm. long) ; wings pubes- cent beneath; keel pubescent within........... 8. M. parviflora NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 7 Habit glabrescent; leaves to 15 cm. long, with 6-8 pairs of lateral veins; flowers larger (4-5 mm. long) ; wings glabrous beneath ; keel glabrous within. Branches glabrescent, terete; leaves acuminate, not mucronate, the base of lower leaves rounded; axis of inflorescence glabrescent; wings acute at base; style pubescent, cylindric. 9. M. glaberrima Branches hirsute, striate; leaves acute, mucronate, the base of lower leaves attenuate; axis of inflorescence hirsute; wings obtuse at base; style glabrous, thicker toward apex. Leaves conspicuously spatulate, revolute; flower-subtending bracts triangular, 3-nerved, to 5.5 mm. long; lower sepals ODEUSENIS=nenvied swe akve ese mielere wieisiehe 10. M. solandraefolia Leaves elliptic, not revolute; flower-subtending bracts linear, I-nerved, to 2.2 mm. long; lower sepals acute, 1-nerved. 11. M. subspeciosa Lower sepals free. Upper branches conspicuously hirsute; leaves oblong, acute; flower- subtending bracts broadly acute-triangular ; outer sepals obtuse. 12. M. pilosa Upper branches slightly tomentose, becoming glabrescent; leaves narrowly lanceolate, acuminate; flower-subtending bracts linear; outer sepals acute. Leaves always about 4 times as long as wide (up to 160 x 40 mm.), with 7-9 pairs of lateral veins; flower-subtending bracts 3-4 times as long as broad (up to 11.2 x 2.8 mm.) ; keel pubescent within; arborescent. 13. M. arborescens Leaves more than 5 times as long as wide (up to 225 x 40 mm.), with 10-12 pairs of lateral veins; flower-subtending bracts about 8 times as long as broad (up to 7 x 0.8 mm.) ; keel glabrous within; frutes- COet 1 Carey OO CIO Sa RRO RR IEE Ter NG ERTR NS TSS NST So CBS raion 14. M. erecta Inflorescence simply racemose. Lower sepals conspicuously joined, usually 4 united, sometimes } or rarely only slightly united at base. Branches glabrous; leaves glabrous, oblanceolate, with inconspicuous lateral veins ; bracts of racemes rounded, oblanceolate, 4- or 5-nerved, the base hood-shaped; lower sepals slightly united.......... 15. M. oblanceolata Branches strigose; leaves finely pubescent, elliptic or lanceolate, with con- spicuous lateral veins; bracts of racemes filiform or triangular, 1- nerved; lower sepals 4 or 3 united. Style pubescent, the hairs sometimes only distal. Leaves lanceolate, to 130 mm. long, acute; axis of racemes elongate, to 29 cm. long, the bracts filiform (7.2-11.5 mm. long); lower sepals # united, acute, r-nerved...........0.s000. 16. M. schultesii Leaves oblong, to 90 mm. long, obtuse; axis of racemes shorter, to 11.5 cm. long, the bracts ovate-triangular (1-2.2 mm. long) ; lower sepals 4 united, obtuse, 3- or 5-nerved............ 17. M. obtusifolia Style always glabrous. Upper branches with crowded leaves, the blade coriaceous, obtuse, mucronate, to 72 mm. long; bracts of racemes triangular; keel PUbESCENE WILMIME derciels ave, sss e075 sisie sales) eiereveversiwiw erersta 18. M. aestuans SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Upper branches with comparatively spaced leaves, the blade herbaceous, acuminate or acute, not mucronate, to 225 mm. long; bracts of racemes filiform, rarely triangular; keel glabrous within, sometimes slightly pubescent. Branches herbaceous; axis of racemes to 28 cm. long, the bracts to 6 mm. long; outer sepals acute (to 4.8 mm. long). 19. M. santamartensis Branches woody ; axis of racemes to 15 cm. long, the bracts to 4.2 mm. long; outer sepals obtuse (to 3.2 mm. long). Leaves herbaceous, acuminate; axis of racemes to 9 cm. long, the bracts filiform; wings acute at base; keel glabrous within. ; 20. M. rupestris ‘ Leaves more or less coriaceous, acute; axis of racemes to I5 cm. k long, the bracts triangular; wings obtuse at base; keel pubes- CONE VIEIRA S 2 the tiiet es eaetets aie asi «Atel ate 21. M. phytolaccaefolia Lower sepals completely free. Leaves linear, conspicuously revolute, I-nerved, decurrent, crowded. 22. M. revoluta " Leaves elliptic or lanceolate, not revolute, with several pairs of lateral veins, not decurrent or crowded. Ovary pubescent, at least in the upper part. Apex of leaves acuminate, the blade with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins; axis of racemes to 11 cm. long, the bracts oblanceolate (6-7 mm. long) ; outer sepals obtuse; ovary pubescent in the upper part. 23. M. elongata Apex of leaves acute, the blade with 4 or 5 pairs of lateral veins; axis of racemes to 6 cm. long, the bracts linear or narrowly triangular (1.8-3 mm. long); outer sepals acute; ovary entirely pubescent. 24. M. andreana Ovary completely glabrous. Outer sepals (to 6 mm. long) larger than the wings. Branches glabrescent; leaves to 50 mm. long; racemes inconspicuously bracteate; apex of outer sepals strongly involute; wings glabrous beneath; keel glabrous within.................. 25. M. involuta Branches hirsute; leaves to 215 mm. long; racemes with conspicuous filiform bracts (to 11.6 mm. long); apex of outer sepals not or very slightly involute; wings pubescent beneath; keel pubescent within. Leaf blades elliptic-lanceolate (to 215 mm. long) ; petioles to 3 mm. long ; axis of racemes to 30 cm. long, the bracts 6-7.2 mm. long; apex of outer sepals straight; wings densely pubescent beneath ; Style pubescenty. fgacrunc pep Meelis ore eee 26. M. latifolia Leaf blades lanceolate (to 155 mm. long) ; petioles to 8 mm. long; axis of racemes to 9.5 cm. long, the bracts 6-11.6 mm. long; apex of outer sepals curved; wings slightly pubescent beneath ; Styleselabrescentt xs ceteictsereys!sisie ier sicperenereive eto 27. M. bracteata Outer sepals (to 4 mm. long) always smaller than the wings. Leaves elliptic, coriaceous; bracts of racemes inconspicuous, tri- angular (up to 4 mm. long). NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 9 Leaves acute, to 145 mm. long and 92 mm. wide, with 9 or 10 pairs of lateral veins; lower sepals 5-nerved; style pubescent. 28. M. pennelli Leaves obtuse, to 75 mm. long and 35 mm. wide, with 5 or 6 pairs of lateral veins; lower sepals 3-nerved; style glabrous. 29. M. salicifolia Leaves lanceolate, rarely oblong, herbaceous; bracts of racemes con- spicuous, filiform, rarely hood-shaped (usually more than 4 mm. long). Leaves oblong, obtuse, sometimes acute; bracts of racemes tri- angular, hood-shaped, densely pubescent beneath. .30. M. mollis Leaves lanceolate, acuminate; bracts of racemes filiform, slightly pubescent beneath. Branches finely pubescent; axis of racemes to 23 cm. long, the bracts lax (7-14 mm. long); outer sepals obtuse; keel clabroustwithitls..o.atepesterack cera ket ae ters oie 31. M. smithiu Branches conspicuously hirsute ; axis of racemes to 11.5 cm. long, the bracts ascending (3-5 mm. long); outer sepals acute; keel’ pubescent within... so0-<00% ss oce ese 32. M. angustata nad Fic. 1—Monnina crassinervia: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (outer), wing (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. 1. Monnina crassinervia Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 143. 1862. Frutescent, branched, the branches 3-4 mm. in diameter, tomentose, striate; leaves conspicuously oblong, 44-70 mm. long, 21-35 mm. wide, obtuse, strigose and becoming glabrescent above, hirsute be- neath, entire, revolute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous be- neath, with 5 or 6 pairs of prominulous lateral veins; petioles 2-7 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, hirsute; inflorescence pani- culate, the axis to 6 cm. long and 3 mm. in diameter, striate, hirsute, the lateral branches divaricate, acute, 3.5-4.5 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, bracteate, the bracts linear, conspicuous, deciduous; flowers 4.2-5.2 mm. long, the pedicels 1-1.2 mm. long, finely hirsute; outer sepals ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, densely pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 2.4—2.5 mm. long, 1.5-1.6 mm. wide, 4 united, I-nerved, the upper one 2.8-3 mm. long, 2.4—2.5 mm. wide, 3—5-nerved; wings 4.5-5.5 mm. long, 4.2-5.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, pubescent beneath, ciliate; keel 4.6-5.6 mm. long, 3.2-3.8 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, smaller; upper petals elongate- Io SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3—3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-0.8 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.5-1.8 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide, densely pubescent; style 2-2.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, slightly thicker toward apex ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; fruit unknown. DistTrIBUTION: Central Colombia, Department of Antioquia, 2,700 meters altitude. ANTIOQUIA: “Pentes occidentales du paramo d’Herveo,” Triana s. n. (frag- ments of type US; photographs of type Ch, GH, US). This species, as indicated by fragments and photographs of the type, is distinguished by its coriaceous and oblong leaves with nerves conspicuously prominulous beneath. The description given above is adapted from the original, supplemented by the cited fragments and photograph. ooo Fic. 2—Monnina chodatiana: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. 2. Monnina chodatiana Ferreyra, sp. nov. Arbor M. subscandenti Tr. & Pl. affinis, habitu hirsuto-lanuginoso, foliis acutis, sepalo exteriore dense pubescente, sepalis duobus inferi- oribus 4 connatis differt. Small tree to 3 m. high, branched, the branches 6-10 mm. in dia- meter, terete, conspicuously hirsute ; leaves elliptic, 37-155 mm. long, 17-80 mm. wide, acute, pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, slight- ly hirsute beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 9 or Io pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-8 mm. long, more or less concave above, convex beneath, pubescent ; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 6-12 cm. long, 2-4 mm. in diameter, striate, densely hirsute, the lateral branches 3 or 4 in number, 3-8.5 cm. long, Q-II mm. wide, acute at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 4-12 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts triangular, 2.8-3 mm. long and wide, acute, densely pubescent beneath, ciliate, deciduous, 3-nerved; flowers 5-6 mm. long, the pedicels 1.6—2 mm. long, densely pubescent ; outer sepals ovate, obtuse, ciliate, densely pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 2.2-2.6 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide, 4 united, 5-nerved, the upper sepal NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA Ter 2.2-3 mm. long, 2.4-2.6 mm. wide, 7-nerved ; wings blue, 5.8-6 mm. long, 4.2-5 mm, wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, densely pubescent beneath, eciliate; keel 5-6.2 mm. long, 3.6-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3- lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger; upper petals elon- gate-spatulate, densely pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 4-4.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-1.2 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ellipsoid, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, strongly pubescent, the hairs ascending, 2-2.5 mm. long; style 2.6-2.8 mm. long, slightly pubescent near base, geniculate at base, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 7-8 mm. long, 3.5-4.2 mm. wide, densely canescent-pubescent, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1367478, collected in Loma de Barragan, valley of Rio Bugalagrande, western slope, Cordillera Central, Department of El Valle, alt. 2,800-2,900 meters, April 18 or 19, 1946, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 20920). ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN EXAMINED: Ext Vatte: La Laguna, Barragan, valley of Rio Bugalagrande, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 20887 (Ch). DISTRIBUTION: Endemic in the southwestern Andes of Colombia, between 2,800 and 2,900 meters altitude. The new species is characterized by its densely hirsute habit, the outer sepals being strongly pubescent beneath, the wings pubescent beneath, and the ovary densely pubescent with hairs up to 2.5 mm. long. It is near M. subscandens Tr. & Pl., from which it differs in having the branches almost hirsute-lanuginose, the sepals pubescent beneath, the ovary pubescent, and in its habit. It is a pleasure to name this new species in honor of the distinguished Swiss botanist Dr. R. Chodat, in recognition of his valuable studies of the genus Monnina. 3. Monnina subscandens Tr, & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1V. 17: 143. 1862. Scandent to 2 m. high, branched, the branches 22-32 cm. long, 3-5 mm. in diameter, terete, finely pubescent, becoming glabrescent ; leaves elliptic-lanceolate, 40-130 mm. long, 15-58 mm. wide, acumi- nate, rarely more or less acute, slightly pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, finely pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2-8 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, slightly pubescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 8.5-18 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. in diameter, striate, finely pubescent, the lateral branches numerous, I2 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 almost acute at apex, 3-15 cm. long, 10-12 mm. wide, pedunculate (peduncle 5-11 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts lanceolate-linear, 4.8-5.5 mm. long, I-1.6 mm. wide, acuminate, slightly pubescent be- neath, ciliate, deciduous, I-nerved ; flowers 5.5-7 mm. long, the pedi- cels 1.6-2 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals more or less tri- angular, acute, ciliate, glabrescent beneath, the two lower ones 2-3 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. wide, % united, 3-nerved, the nerves incon- spicuous, the upper sepal 3—4.2 mm. long, 1.8-3.8 mm. wide, 5-7- nerved ; wings blue, 5-7 mm. long and wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, cili- ate at base; keel 5.2-8 mm. long, 3.2-4.8 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, sometimes glabrescent, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger ; upper petals elon- gate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 4.5-5.5 mm. long, Fic. 3—Monnina subscandens: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.5 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellipsoid, 2-2.6 mm. long, 1.2-1.8 mm. wide, usually entirely pubescent, rarely pubescent only in the upper part; style 2.6-3.2 mm. long, geniculate above base, almost cylindric, glabrous; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papil- lose ; drupe ellipsoid, 6-10 mm. long, 2.8-7 mm. wide, slightly pubes- cent, sometimes glabrescent, reticulate. DistrIBUTION: From central to southwestern Colombia and north- ern Ecuador, between 1,950 and 3,600 meters altitude. CuNDINAMARCA: Facatativa-Anolaima highway, Haught 6221 (US). TotimMa: Quindio, Triana s. n. (fragments of type US, photographs of type Ch, GH, US). Catpas: Rio San Rafael, below Cerro Tatama, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 10335 (US); “Pinares,” above Salento, Cordillera Central, Pennell 9395 (US): Ext Vatie: Las Colonias, above Queremal, valley of Rio Digua, western slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 23907 (Ch) ; north of Alban, near the crest between Departments of El Valle and Intendencia del Chocd, western slope, Cordillera Occidental, Dugand & Jaramillo 2996 (US); Quebrada de Juntas, Rio Pichindé, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatre- casas 21616 (Ch); El Cairo, Rio Pichindé, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 13 21973 (Ch); El Tabor, above Las Brisas, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 22316 (Ch). Cauca: Aguabonita, valley of Rio San José, eastern slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 23518 (Ch); Paramo de Buena Vista, Paez Valley, Cordillera Central, Pittier 1477 (US); San Miguel, Bro. Apollinaire-Marie 523 (Ch). This scandent plant is distinguished by the long axis of its inflo- rescence (to 18 cm. long), the lax and numerous lateral branches, the inconspicuous nerves of the outer sepals, and the large keel (to 8 mm. long). 4. Monnina cuatrecasasii Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex scandens a M. subscandente Tr. & PIl., cui affinis, foliis coriaceis, sepalo exteriore obtuso, sepalis duobus inferioribus 4 con- natis 5-nerviis, carina intus glabra extus pubescente, stylo pubescente differt; a M. glaberrima Chodat foliis basi attenuatis, sepalo exteriore obtuso, carina extus pubescente, ovario puberulo distinguitur. HOY Fic. 4.—Monnina cuatrecasasii: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. Subscandent, branched, the branches 3.5—5 mm. in diameter, terete, glabrous; leaves coriaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, 44-130 mm. long, 17— 52 mm. wide, acuminate, glabrous, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-5 mm. long, 1-1.2 mm. in diameter, concave above, convex beneath, glabrescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis Q-9.7 cm. long, 2—2.2 mm. in diameter, striate, glabrescent, the lateral branches more or less numerous, ascending, 3.5-6 cm. long, 10-12 mm. wide, acute at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 11-16 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts lanceolate, 3.2-4 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, acuminate, slightly pu- bescent beneath, ciliate, deciduous, 1-nerved; flowers 4.2-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.5—-3 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals ovate, ciliate, obtuse, glabrous beneath, the two lower ones 3.5-3.8 mm. long, 2.2-2.5 mm. wide, 4 united, 5-nerved, the upper sepal 3.8-4 mm. long, 3.6-3.8 mm. wide, 7-nerved; wings blue, 5-6 mm. long, 5.2-6 mm. wide, fleshy, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, slightly pubescent beneath, eciliate; keel 4.8-6.5 mm. long, 3.4-5 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrescent within, more or less acute at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate; upper petals elongate- ’ I4 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ellipsoid, 1.5-2.8 mm. long, I-1.5 mm. wide, pubescent, the hairs conspicuous in the upper part; style 2.5-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, pu- bescent, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ovoid, 8-10 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, Nos. 1367706 and 1367797, collected above Las Brisas, between El Tabor and Alto de Mira, Cordillera Occidental, Department of El Valle, alt. 2,200-2,300 meters, October 22-25, 1946, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 22421). DISTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. The new species suggests M. subscandens Tr. & PIl., but the axis of its inflorescence is shorter (to 9.7 cm. long), the outer sepals are ovate, obtuse, the two lower ones 4 united and 5-nerved, the keel is pubescent beneath, the style pubescent, etc. It is also related to M. glaberrima Chodat, from which it differs in having the leaves attenu- ate at base, the lateral branches of panicles ascending, the outer se- pals obtuse, the wings and keel pubescent beneath, and the ovary conspicuously pubescent. 5. Monnina speciosa Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 144. 1862. Scandent, branched, the branches 25-97 cm. long, 2.5-5 mm. in diameter, pubescent, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves ovate-ob- lanceolate, 39-105 mm. long, 15-42 mm. wide, acuminate, conspicu- ously rounded at base, glabrescent above, pubescent beneath (hairs rigid, yellowish, more numerous on the nerves), entire, slightly revo- lute, the costa conspicuously prominulous beneath, with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins usually prominulous beneath; petioles 3-6 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, pubescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 5-18 cm. long, I.5-3 mm. in diameter, striate, finely pubes- cent, becoming glabrescent, the lateral branches (4-8) divaricate, 4.2-17.5 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, elongate-acuminate at apex, pedun- culate (peduncle 6-20 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts linear, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, 0.6-I mm. wide, acuminate, with a few hairs beneath, becoming glabrescent, ciliate, deciduous, 1-nerved ; flowers 4.2-5.8 mm. long, the pedicels 2.4—3.2 mm. Jong, pubescent ; outer sepals triangular, acute, ciliate, glabrescent beneath, the two lower ones 1.6—2 mm. long, I-I.4 mm. wide, 4 or 3 united, usually 1-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2.5-2.8 mm. long, 1.8-2.6 mm. wide, usually 3-nerved, rarely 5-nerved; wings blue, 4.2-5.8 mm. long, 3.8-4.8 mm. wide, > NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 15 obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, glabrescent beneath, some- times slightly pubescent, ciliate at base; keel 4.4-6 mm. long, 3.2-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, smaller ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-4.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.4 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellipsoid, 1.8-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. wide, gla- brous; style 2.2-2.8 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5.5-7 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DISTRIBUTION: From northern to southwestern Colombia, between 1,500 and 3,000 meters altitude. Fic. 5.—Monnina speciosa: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All > 3. Huta: East of Neiva, Cordillera Oriental, Rusby & Pennell 663 (NY, US). AwntroguiA: San Pedro, Bro. Apollinaire-Marie 268 (Ch); vicinity of Medellin, Toro 1262 (NY), Gutiérrez & Delisle 263 (US); Laguna de Guarna, Bro. Daniel 2762 (US); Santa Elena, Archer 1253 (NY, US). NariNo: Trail from Mayasquer to Tambo, Mexia 7578a (US); Altaquer, Triana s. n. (fragments and photographs of type, GH, US). This liana is characterized by its ovate-lanceolate leaves with con- spicuously rounded bases, by having the lateral branches of the panicles divaricate, with linear bracts, and by the triangular-acute outer sepals. 6. Monnina colombiana Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex M. glaberrima Chodat affinis, foliis majoribus lamina spa- thulata acuminata ad 32 cm. longa, sepalo exteriore obtuso, sepalis duobus inferioribus breviter connatis, stylo glabro differt. Branching shrub, the branches 4-5 mm. in diameter, more or less terete, hirsute, becoming glabrescent in the lower part; leaves almost spatulate, 260-320 mm. long, 90-115 mm. wide, acuminate, glabres- cent above, slightly pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 10 or 12 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 5-8 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, pubescent ; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 14-16 cm. long, 2.5-3 mm. in diam- 16 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I eter, striate, hirsute, the lateral branches about 6, divaricate, 10-12 cm. long, I0-II mm. wide, obtuse at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 6-14 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts lanceolate, 6-6.5 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide, acute, pubescent beneath, ciliate, deciduous, 1-nerved ; flowers 4.5-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.5-2 mm. long, curved, pubes- cent; outer sepals ovate, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, 3-nerved, the two lower ones 2—2.4 mm. long, 1.4-1.8 mm. wide, more or less united at base, sometimes free, the upper sepal 3—-3.2 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide; wings 4.5-4.8 mm. long, 3-3.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, ciliate; keel 4.4—-5 mm. long, 3-3.6 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse—-emarginate, larger; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-3.6 Fic. 6—Monnina colombiana: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1 mm. long, gla- brous; ovary ellipsoid, 1.6-1.8 mm. long, 1-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous, the upper part slightly winged; style 1.8-2 mm. long, geniculate at base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe sama- roid, 9-11 mm. long, 5.5-6.5 mm. wide, glabrous, conspicuously reticulate, the upper part slightly winged. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1796574, collected below Gabinete, western slope, Cordillera Oriental, Department of Huila, alt. 1,900-2,100 meters, March 24, 1940, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 8593). DisTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. This new species is distinguished by its large and more or less spatulate leaves, and by having the ovary slightly winged in the upper part. It resembles M. glaberrima Chodat but is quite distinct in its larger, spatulate, and acuminate leaves (to 32 cm. long), in the lower sepals being slightly united at base and obtuse, and in the winged ovary and glabrous style. 7. Monnina chlamydantha Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex valde distinctus, bracteis magnis flores involucrantibus dis- tinguendus; M. parviflora H.B.K. affinis, ramis teretibus glabris, bracteis florigeris majoribus extus glandulosis, stylo glabro differt. NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 7, Frutescent, branched, the branches 3.5-4.5 mm. in diameter, the lower part glabrescent, the upper finely pubescent, terete ; leaves more or less elliptic, 50-162 mm. long, 21-67 mm. wide, elongate-acuminate, glabrous above, glabrescent beneath, entire, slightly revolute, attenuate at base, the costa strongly prominulous beneath, with 6 or 7 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 2.5—7 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, finely pubescent, becoming glabrescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 19.8-21.8 cm. long, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter, striate, finely pu- bescent, the hairs strigose, the lateral branches ascending, obtuse at apex, 2-II cm. long, 9-12 mm. wide, pedunculate (peduncle 25-60 mm. long), conspicuously bracteate, the bracts fanlike, 9.5-10.5 mm. long, 8.5-9.6 mm. wide, obtuse, slightly glandular beneath, ciliate, deciduous, 4-nerved, completely covering the flowers; flowers 5.2- Fic. 7—Monnina chlamydantha: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, all X 3; bract, X 2. 6.5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.2-1.8 mm. long, pubescent; outer sepals ovate, ciliate, obtuse, glabrous beneath, concave, the two lower ones 2.4-2.8 mm. long, 1.8-2 mm. wide, #% united, 3-nerved, the upper sepal 3-3.5 mm. long, 2.2-2.6 mm. wide, 5-nerved; wings dark blue, 5-5-6 mm. long, 5-5.5 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4- nerved, glabrous beneath, eciliate ; keel yellow, 6-7 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, slightly pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3- nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger ; upper petals almost spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 4.8-5 mm. long, unequally united, the free part I-1.5 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 2-2.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.8-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papil- lose; drupe ellipsoid (immature), 5-6 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1368044, collected in the region of Queremal, valley of Rio Digua, western slope, Cordil- lera Occidental, Department of El Valle, alt. 1,540-1,650 meters, February 25, 1947, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 23730). DistTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. The proposed entity is very distinct in its large and conspicuous 18 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 flower-subtending bracts and in its elliptic, acuminate, and glabrous leaves. It is related to M. parviflora H.B.K. but differs in having the branches terete and glabrescent, the flower-subtending bracts fanlike and glandular beneath, the flowers larger (to 6.5 mm. long), and the style glabrous. 8. Monnina parviflora H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 419. 1821. Frutescent, branched, the branches 4-5 mm. in diameter, slightly tomentose, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves lanceolate-elliptic, 80-230 mm. long, 20-64 mm. wide, acuminate, sometimes acute, finely pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, slightly pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 1o or II pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-5 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, pubescent, slightly winged; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 23-25 cm. long, 3-4 mm. in diameter, striate, hirsute, the lateral Fic. 8—Monnina parviflora: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (outer), wing (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract.. All X 3. branches (3-10) 10.5—20 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, acuminate at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 12-23 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts linear, 6-7 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide, acuminate, pubescent beneath, ciliate, deciduous, 1-nerved ; flowers 3.5-3.8 mm. long, the pedicels 1.8-2 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals almost lanceolate, acute, ciliate, pubescent beneath, 1-nerved, the two lower ones 2-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-I mm. wide, nearly 3 united, the upper sepal 2.4-2.8 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide; wings aig mm. long, 2.8-2.9 mm. wide, obovate, acute at base, 3-nerved, pubescent beneath, eciliate; keel 3.6-3.8 mm. long, 2.5-2.7 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate, smaller; upper petals short, spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 2.4-2.6 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.3-0.6 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.4—1.5 mm. long, 0.6-0.8 mm. wide, glabrous; style 1.8-2 mm. long, geniculate at base, pubescent, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papil- lose; drupe ellipsoid, 7-8 mm. long, 4-4.5 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. NO: 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 19 DistRiBuTION: In the central part of the Colombian Andes, between 1,500 and 2,300 meters altitude. Totima: “Quindio,” Bonpland s. n. (photographs of type, GH, Ch, US). CaLpAs: San Bernardino, Cordillera Central, Pennell & Hazen 10156 (US). The conspicuously tomentose habit, the striate and hirsute lateral branches of the panicles, the small flowers, and the linear bracts characterize this species. 9. Monnina glaberrima Chodat in Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve II. 25: 215. 1934. Frutescent, to 2 m. high, branched, the branches 3-6 mm. in diam- eter, terete, glabrescent ; leaves ovate-oblong, sometimes ovate-lanceo- late, 32-130 mm. long, 16-70 mm. wide, acuminate, rarely acute, gla- brous above, glabrescent beneath, entire, usually rounded at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins, petioles 2-8 mm. long, I-1.6 mm. wide, concave above, convex beneath, slight- ly pubescent, becoming glabrescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis md Y BS Fic. 9.—Mounina glaberrima: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. 6-14 cm. long, 1.8-3 mm. in diameter, striate, glabrescent, the lateral branches 5-14, divaricate, 2.4-9.5 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, more or less acute at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 5-15 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide, deciduous; flowers 4—5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.5-2.2 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals lanceolate, acute, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, be- coming glabrescent, the two lower ones 1.8-2.8 mm. long, 1.5-2.2 mm. wide, $ or $ united, 1-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2.2-3 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, I-nerved, sometimes 3-5-nerved; wings blue, 4.2-5 mm. long, 3-4.8 mm. wide, obovate, slightly acute at base, 3-nerved, ciliate, usually glabrous beneath, rarely pubescent ; keel 4.2- 5 mm. long, 2.8-3.4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, sometimes with a few hairs, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger; upper petals elongate- spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellip- soid, 1.2-1.8 mm. long, 0.8-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.2-2.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, pubescent, cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, 20 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 6.2-8.5 mm. long, 4.8-5.5 mm. wide, glabrous, retic- ulate. DisTRiBUTION: Central and southwestern parts of Colombia, be- tween 1,400 and 3,300 meters altitude. SANTANDER: Mountains east of Las Vegas, Eastern Cordillera, Killip & Smith 15863 (NY, US). Ext Vatte: La Cumbre, Cordillera Occidental, Killip & Hazen 11156 (type US, isotype NY); La Cumbre, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 5724 (GH, NY, Sh. Cauca: “La Gallera,” Micay Valley, Cordillera Occidental, Killip 7794 (US), 7923 (US); Cuesta de Tocota, road from Buenaventura to Cali, Western Cordillera, Pittier 728 (US) ; without locality, Triana s. n. (US). This species is closely related to M. solandraefolia Tr. & Pl., from which it differs in its glabrous habit, its panicle with fewer (rarely as many as 14) lateral branches, its ovate-oblong leaves, acute lower sepals, pubescent style, etc. Fic. 10.—Monnina solandraefolia: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All & 3. 10. Monnina solandraefolia Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 138. 1862. Monnina platyphylia Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2: 170. 1894. Shrub 1.6-3 m. high, branched, the branches 3-6 mm. in diameter, slightly hirsute, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves conspicuously spatulate, 45-130 mm. long, 18-70 mm. wide, coriaceous, acute, mu- cronate, glabrous above, glabrescent beneath, sometimes with small hairs along the nerves, entire, slightly revolute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 6 or 8 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-7 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, more or less hirsute, becoming glabrescent; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 8.5-14.5 cm. long, I-2.2 mm. in diameter, striate, hirsute, becoming glabrescent, the lateral branches lax, numerous, acute at apex, divaricate, 4-12 cm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, pedunculate (peduncle 5-15 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts almost acute-triangular, 3.2-5.5 mm. long, 2.6-3.5 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, usually 3-nerved, rarely 1- or 2-nerved, pu- bescent beneath, the base hood-shaped; flowers 4.5-5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.6-1 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals ovate-triangu- NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 21 lar, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, the two lower ones 2-2.4 mm. long, 0.9-1 mm. wide, 4 united, obtuse, 3- nerved, the upper sepal 2.2-2.8 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide, acute, 5-nerved; wings blue, 4.2-4.8 mm. long, 3.8-4 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, ciliate; keel 4.6-5 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, rarely slightly pubescent, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemar- ginate; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.6-2 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.5 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 4.8-6.2 mm. long, 2.8-3.8 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistRIBUTION: Known only from the northern part of the Colom- bian Andes, between 2,000 and 2,700 meters altitude. Norte DE SANTANDER: Alto de Santa Inés, region of Sarare, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & E. Smith 12503 (Ch, US). AntTioguiaA: Rio Negro, Archer 469 (NY, US); between Valdivia and Yarumal, Metcalf & Cuatrecasas 30116 (US) ; “Monte Capiro de la Ceja,” Bro. Daniel 2252 (US); Cocorna, Bro. Daniel 1783 (Ch, US); San Pedro, Bros. Daniel & Toméds 1569 (US); Cerro de la Vieja, Bro. Daniel 1691 (US); 1 kilometer south of Hoyo Rico, Franco & Barkley 18A187 (US); “Montagnes d’Herveo,” Linden 742 (fragments of type US, photographs of type Ch, GH, US); “Montagnes d’Herveo,” Linden 742 (photographs of type of M. platy- phylla, Ch, US). This shrub is distinguished by its spatulate and mucronate leaves, the numerous and lax lateral branches of its panicle, and by having the flower-subtending bracts conspicuously acute-triangular and hood- shaped at base. In proposing M. platyphylla, Chodat inadvertently overlooked Tri- ana and Planchon’s species, for both entities are based upon the same collection number (Linden 742). 11. Monnina subspeciosa Chodat in Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve IT. 25: 203. 1934. Shrub 5 m. high, branched, the branches 3-6 mm. in diameter, slightly hirsute, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves elliptic, some- times oblong, 40-150 mm. long, 20-65 mm. wide, acute, mucronate, glabrous above, glabrescent beneath, sometimes more or less hirsute along the nerves, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous be- neath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-15 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, slightly hirsute, becoming glabrescent ; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 7.5-18 cm. long, 1.5-2.8 mm. in 22 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 diameter, striate, usually slightly hirsute, rarely glabrescent, the lateral branches lax, numerous, acute at apex, 2.4—12 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, pedunculate (peduncle 6-12 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts linear- lanceolate, inconspicuous, acute, 1.8-2.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, finely pubescent within, 1-nerved, ciliate, deciduous; flowers 4-5 mm. long, the pedi- cels 0.8-1 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals triangular, ciliate, glabrescent beneath, the two lower ones 1.2-1.8 mm. long, 0.g-I1 mm. wide, 4 united, 1-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, more or less acute, the upper sepal 1.6-2 mm. long, I-1.4 mm. wide, obtuse, 3-nerved, some- times 5-nerved ; wings 4-4.5 mm. long, 3-3.8 mm. wide, obovate, al- most obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, usually ciliate; keel 4-5.5 mm. long, 2.2-3.8 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, rarely Fic. 11.—Monnina subspeciosa: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All x 3. slightly pubescent, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; sta- mens 8, the filaments 2.2-3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.2-1.8 mm. long, 0.5-I mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.8 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 4-4.5 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistrisuTIoN: From the Andes of central Colombia to northern Ecuador, between 1,000 and 3,200 meters altitude. Putumayo: Valle de Sibundoy, Cuatrecasas 11680 (Ch, US). Huma: East of Neiva, Cordillera Oriental, Rusby & Pennell 876 (GH, NY, US); between Gabinete and Andalucia, western slope, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 8584 (Ch, US). Catpas: La Linea, Quindio, Dryander 2143 (US). Ex Vatite: Alto Mercedes, Dryander 351 (NY, US); La Cumbre, Cordil- lera Occidental, Pennell & Killip 5888 (type coll. GH, NY, US); Tareas, Rio Pichindé, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 21589 (Ch); Cali, Duque-Jaramillo 1726a (US). Cauca: Eastern slope near crest, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 23657 (Ch). NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 23 A close ally of M. solandracfolia Tr. & Pl., M. subspeciosa differs in its elliptic leaves and its linear and smaller flower-subtending bracts, as well as in its more southerly distribution. 12. Monnina pilosa H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 419. 1821. Monnina fastigiata DC. Prodr. 1: 338. 1824. Monnina trianae Chodat in Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve II. 25: 221. 1934. Shrub or slender tree, 1.5-4 m. high, branched, the branches 3-15 mm. in diameter, conspicuously hirsute, more or less striate; leaves usually elliptic, rarely oblong, 48-220 mm. long, 22-100 mm. wide, usually acute, sometimes acuminate, rarely obtuse, slightly hirsute above, becoming glabrescent, canescent-hirsute beneath, entire, attenu- ate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 9 to 11 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 3-11 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, OO WA | Fic. 12—Monnina pilosa: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All & 3. aoa < hirsute, inconspicuously winged ; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 5.5— 22 cm. long, I.2-4 mm. in diameter, striate, hirsute, the lateral branches lax, acute at apex, 1.6-18 cm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, pedun- culate (peduncle 4-14 mm. long), conspicuously bracteate, the bracts ovate, concave, acute, 3.5-6.2 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, the base hood- shaped, deciduous, ciliate, usually I-nerved, sometimes 2- or 3-nerved, pubescent beneath, the hairs more conspicuous at base; flowers 4-5.5 mm. long, the pedicels o.4—0.8 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, be- coming glabrescent, the two lower ones 1.8-3 mm. long, I.2-2 mm. wide, 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2.2-3.5 mm. long, 1.4-2.2 mm. wide, 5-nerved ; wings deep blue, 4-5 mm. long, 3.4-4.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous; keel 4.4-5.5 mm. long, 2.6-3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, sometimes slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate, the lateral ones more or less acute; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-3.8 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part o.5-1 mm. long, gla- brous ; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.2 mm. long, I-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous ; style 2-2.5 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, almost cylindric; 24 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5-6 mm. long, 2.8-4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistrinutTion: Along the Andes from Colombia to Ecuador and northern Peru, between 1,400 and 2,500 meters altitude. Putumayo: Sibundoy, Valley of Sibundoy, Schultes & Villarreal 7671 (US), Garcia-Barriga 4628 (US). Totima: “Quindio,” Triana s. n. (authentic material of M. fastigiata, NY, US); “in mont. Quindiu,” Bonpland s. n. (photographs of type of M. fastigiata, Ch, US): Huira: Resina, above Guadalupe, western slope, Cordillera Oriental, Pérez- Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 8380 (Ch). Antiogura: Fredonia, vicinity of Medellin, Toro 1040 (NY) ; Salgar, vicinity of Medellin, Toro 1046 (NY); vicinity of Medellin, Toro 1244 (NY); Val- paraiso, vicinity of Medellin, Toro 1365 (NY); Cerro de La Vieja, Bro. Daniel 1714 (US); Rio Negro, Bro. Daniel 421 (US). Catpas: Rio Quindio, above Armenia, Cordillera Central, Pennell, Killip, & Hazen 8723 (type coll. of M. trianae, GH, NY, US); Salento, Cordillera Central, Pennell 89006 (GH, NY, US), Pennell & Hazen 10113 (US); San- tuario, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 10301 (US); San Clemente, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 10663 (GH, US). Ex Vatie: “El Recuerdo,” Valley of Rio Cali, Cordillera Occidental, Duque- Jaramillo 1604 (US); north of Alban, western slope, Cordillera Occidental, Dugand & Jaramillo 3033 (US); Carrizales, north of Las Brisas, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 22553 (Ch); Alto de Las Brisas, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 18221 (Ch, US). Cauca: Coconuco, Cordillera Central, Killip 6868 (GH, NY, US); San Antonio to “San José,” Cordillera Occidental, Pennell & Killip 7269 (GH, NY, US); San Antonio to Rio Ortega, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell & Killip 8020 (GH, NY, US); “San Isidro,” Puracé, Cordillera Central, Pennell & Killip 6418 (US); Carpinterias, between Cerros de Munchique and Altamira, Cordillera Occidental, Péres-Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 6167 (Ch, US); highlands of Popayan, Lehmann 1083 (NY), 353 (Ch, GH, NY), 5524 (Ch, GH, NY); Popayan, Cuatrecasas 5759 (Ch, US); Quebrada de Cajibio, Cuatrecasas 23751 (Ch) ; without locality, western Cordillera, Dryander 2053 (NY, US). NariNo: Pasto, Jameson 443 (US); without locality, Triana 298 (US), Triana s.n. (US). This common species has a wide distribution along the Andes from Colombia to Ecuador and northern Peru. It is distinguished by having its branches conspicuously hirsute, its leaves oblong, and its flower- subtending bracts broadly acute-triangular and hood-shaped at base. Monnina fastigiata DC., so far as can be discerned from authentic material, including photographs of the type, is essentially identical with M. pilosa. The type collection of M. trianae Chodat has been examined, and one finds no reason either in this or in the original description to separate the concept from M. pilosa. NOnS COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 25 13. Monnina arborescens Ferreyra, sp. nov. Arbor ad 10 m. alta, a M. pilosa H.B.K., cui affinis, habitu robusto, foliis lineari-lanceolatis conspicue angustioribus, bracteis florigeris linearibus, sepalo exteriore acuto differt. Small tree to 10 m. high, branched, the branches 3-6 mm. in diam- eter, striate, more or less tomentose, becoming glabrescent; leaves narrowly lanceolate or linear, 60-160 mm. long, 15-40 mm. wide, usually acuminate, rarely acute, slightly pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, canescent-pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 to 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 3-7 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, tomentose, rarely more or less glabrescent and slightly winged at base; inflores- cence paniculate, the axis 6.5-15 cm. long, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, Fic. 13.—Monnina arborescens: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, all <3; bract (outer), X 2. striate, tomentose, the lateral branches numerous, 3-10.5 cm. long, g-10 mm. wide, acute at apex, pedunculate (peduncle 6-14 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts linear-oblanceolate, 2.5-11.2 mm. long, 1-2.8 mm. wide, acuminate, densely pubescent beneath, ciliate, deciduous, I- nerved, sometimes inconspicuously 3-nerved; flowers 4.5-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1-1.8 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals free, tri- angular, acute, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabres- cent, 3-nerved, the two lower ones 1.8-4 mm. long, 1.2-1.8 mm. wide, the upper sepal 2.2-4.2 mm. long, 1.2-1.9 mm. wide; wings blue, 4.2-5 mm. long, 3.8-4.2 mm. wide, obovate, more or less acute at base, 3-nerved; keel 4.2-5.2 mm. long, 3-3.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within rarely with a few hairs, obtuse at base, 3- nerved, inconspicuously 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemargin- ate; upper petals elongate-spatulate, densely pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part I-1.4 mm. long, glabrous; ovary elliptic, 1-1.8 mm. long, 0.6-1 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.2-2.6 mm. long, geniculate in the middle part, glabrous, almost cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, 26 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. 121 the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ovoid, 4.8-5.8 mm. long, 2.2-3 mm. wide, glabrous, the base almost truncate, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1367341, collected along Quebrada de Santo Domingo, headwaters of Rio Palo, western slope, Cordillera Central, Department of Cauca, alt. 2,700-2,800 m., Dec. 11-14, 1944, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 19213). Duplicate in the U. S. National Herbarium. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: NorTE DE SANTANDER: Municipio de Toledo, valley of Samaria, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & E. Smith 12799 (Ch, US). Putumayo: Hill north of valley, Sibundoy, Schultes & Villarreal 7517 (US); El Encano, Garcia-Barriga 7852 (US). CatpaAs: Termales, southwest of Ruiz, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 9236 (Ch, US). Ext VatiteE: Almorzadero, eastern slope, Los Farallones, Cordillera Occi- dental, Cuatrecasas 21695 (Ch, US); La Palma, right side of Rio Pichindé, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 21671 (Ch). Cauca: Alto del Duende, headwaters of Rio Palo, western slope, Cordil- lera Central, Cuatrecasas 18907 (Ch, US); west of Tambo, Cordillera Occi- dental, Haught 5176 (US); Mount Santa Ana, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 7470 (GH, NY, US); “San José,” San Antonio, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell & Killip 73900 (GH, NY, US); between Jardin and San Rafael, Rio Marcos, eastern slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 14805 (Ch, US); Paramo de Puracé, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 14683 (Ch, US) ; “Canaan,” Mt. Puracé, Cordillera Central, Pennell & Killip 6508 (GH, NY, US); Puracé, Péres- Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 5915A (Ch, US). NariNo: Near base of Volcan El Galeras, above Ibonuco, Pasto, Schulies & Villarreal 8009 (US) ; road from Ipiales to La Victoria, Paramo La Corta- dera, Garcia-Barriga & Hawkes 13085 (US) ; between Paramo del Tabano and Laguna, El Encano and Pasto, western slope of the Cordillera, Cuatrecasas 11948 (US); “Pasto et Popayan,” Triana s. n. (NY); trail from Mayasquer to Tambo, Mexia 7578 (US). Dept. ?: Paramo Las Delicias, Lehmann 1051 (GH, NY). DistrisuTIoN: Northern to southwestern parts of Colombia, be- tween 2,000 and 3,400 meters altitude. This new species has conspicuously lanceolate leaves and flower- subtending bracts which are linear-oblanceolate and densely pubescent without. It is a close relative of M. pilosa H.B.K., differing in its narrower, almost linear, leaves, its nearly filiform flower-subtending bracts, its acute outer sepals, etc. 14. Monnina erecta Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex M. arborescenti Ferreyra supra descriptae affinis, habitu plus minusve herbaceo, foliis majoribus lamina ad 22.5 cm. longa, bracteis florigeris angustioribus, carina intus glabra facile distinguitur. Frutescent, erect, branched, the branches 2.5—-5 mm. in diameter, terete, tomentose, becoming more or less glabrescent ; leaves lanceolate, q ; a NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 27 67-225 mm. long, 10-40 mm. wide, acuminate, slightly pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, conspicuously tomentose beneath, entire, almost revolute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 10 to 12 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 4-12 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, inconspicuously winged, the wing I-1.5 mm. wide, pubescent ; inflorescence paniculate, the axis 12-17 cm. long, 1.8-3 mm. diameter, striate, tomentose, the lateral branches numerous, acute at apex, 3.5-I2 cm. long, 7-10 mm. wide, pedunculate (peduncle 5-28 mm. long), bracteate, the bracts conspicuously linear, 5.5-7 mm. long, 0.6-0.8 mm. wide, acuminate, pubescent beneath, ciliate, decid- uous, I-nerved; flowers 4.5-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.6—-2 mm. long, pubescent; outer sepals free, triangular, acute, ciliate, slightly pubes- cent beneath, 3-nerved, the two lower ones 2.8-3 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, the upper sepal 3-3.2 mm. long, 1.2-1.8 mm. wide; wings blue, pHs OW Fic. 14—Monnina erecta: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract (outer). All X 3. 4.5-5 mm. long, 3.4-3.8 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, eciliate; keel 5-5.2 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, gla- brous within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, ciliate, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-3.8 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part I-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellipsoid, 1.4-1.6 mm. long, 0.9- I mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.5-3 mm. long, geniculate in the middle part, glabrous, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 4.5-5 mm. long, 2.4-2.6 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1366908, collected between Jardin and San Rafael, Quebrada del Rio San Marcos, eastern slope, Cordillera Central, Department of Cauca, alt. 2,700-2,900 meters, July 25, 1943, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 14802). Duplicate in the U. S. National Herbarium. DistTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. This new entity is near M. arborescens Ferreyra, from which it differs in its frutescent habit, its considerably longer leaves (to 225 mm. long), its very narrow flower-subtending bracts (8 times as long as wide), and in having its keel glabrous within. 28 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I 15. Monnina oblanceolata Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex, ramis glabris striatis, foliis oblanceolatis glabris revolutis, bracteis florigeris oblanceolatis, sepalo exteriore obtuso, sepalis duobus inferioribus breviter connatis distinguendus; a M. chlamydantha Fer- reyra, cui affinis, racemis simplicibus, foliis minoribus, bracteis flo- rigeris extus glabris, et characteribus supra enumeratis valde differt. Branching shrub, the branches 2-3 mm. in diameter, glabrous, stri- ate; leaves oblanceolate, 28-72 mm. long, 11-36 mm. wide, acute, glabrous, entire, revolute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with inconspicuous lateral veins ; petioles 2-5 mm. long, con- cave above, convex beneath, glabrous; racemes elongate, obtuse, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 5-20 mm. long), the axis 4.2-19 cm. long, glabrous, striate, conspicuously bracteate, the bracts broadly oblanceolate, 5—6.5 mm. long, 4.8-6.5 mm. Fic. 15.—Monnina oblanceolata: Leit to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. wide, more or less acute, hood-shaped, deciduous, ciliate, 3- or 4- nerved, glabrous beneath; flowers 4—4.8 mm. long, the pedicels 1.6-2 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals ovate-triangular, obtuse, cili- ate, glabrous beneath, the two lower ones 1.4-2 mm. long, I-1.4 mm. wide, slightly united, usually 3-nerved, rarely 1-nerved, the upper sepal 1.6-2.4 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. wide, 5-nerved; wings blue, 4-5 mm. long, 4—4.6 mm wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, ciliate ; keel 4-5 mm. long, 3-3.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse- emarginate; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3—3.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1.2 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.4-1.6 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; fruit unknown. Type in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, collected in forest, Cascada Chorron, south of Antizales, Department of Bolivar, alt. 2,400-2,800 meters, February 25, 1918, by F. W. Pennell (No. 4387). NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 29 ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN EXAMINED: Botivar: Below Paramo de Chaquiro, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 4298 (NY). Distrisution: Andes of northwestern Colombia, between 2,400 and 3,100 meters altitude. This new species is characterized by its glabrous habit, its oblanceo- late, revolute leaves with inconspicuous lateral veins, its oblanceolate flower-subtending bracts, and by having its lower sepals slightly united. It is related to M. chlamydantha Ferreyra, from which it differs in its simple racemes, smaller leaves, glabrous flower-subtending bracts, etc. 16. Monnina schultesii Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex M. obtusifoliae H.B.K. affinis, foliis conspicue majoribus lamina ad 13 cm. longa acuta, racemis obtusis rhachi elongata ad 29 MOW Fic. 16.—Monnina schultesii: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, all X 3; bract ><: cm, longa, bracteis florigeris filiiormibus ad 11.5 mm. longis, sepalo exteriore acuto, sepalis duobus inferioribus 4 connatis differt. Frutescent, branched, the branches 23-36 cm. long, 3-8 mm. in diameter, terete, glabrescent ; leaves lanceolate (upper) or ovate-lan- ceolate (lower), 30-130 mm. long, 12-60 mm. wide, acute, sometimes more or less acuminate, glabrous above, glabrescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base (upper) or almost truncate (lower), the costa prom- inulous beneath, with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2-6 mm. long, 0.8-1.8 mm. in diameter, slightly concave above, convex beneath, glabrescent ; racemes almost cylindric, obtuse, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 4-50 mm. long), the axis 3.5-29 cm. long, glabrescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts filiform, 7.2-11.5 mm. long, 1-1.8 mm. wide, acuminate, slightly puberulent beneath, becoming glabrescent, ciliate, deciduous, 1-nerved; flowers 5.2-6 mm. long, the pedicels 1.6-2 mm. long, puberulent; outer sepals lanceolate, ciliate, acute, finely puberulent beneath, the two lower ones 3.4-3.8 mm. long, 3-3.2 mm. wide, 3 united, 1-nerved, the upper sepal 4.2-4.5 mm. long, 2-2.2 mm. wide, 3-nerved; wings 5.5-6 mm. long, 30 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 5.2-5.5 mm. wide, obovate, almost acute at base (fleshy), 3- or 4- nerved, ciliate at base, strigose beneath; keel 5-6 mm. long, 4—4.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, slightly puberulent within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger, with a few strigose hairs beneath; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubes- cent; stamens 8, the filaments 4-4.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellipsoid, 1.8-2 mm. long, I.2-1.5 mm. wide, glabrous; style 3-3.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, pubescent, cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one inconspicuous, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 7-9 mm. long, 4-6.5 mm. wide, glabrous, conspicuously reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1241931, collected in the region of Sarare, between Ventanas and Bata, Cordillera Orien- tal, Department of Norte de Santander, alt. 1,400 meters, October 17, 1941, by J. Cuatrecasas, R. E. Schultes, and E. Smith (No. 12372). ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN EXAMINED: NorTE DE SANTANDER: El Amparo, headwaters of Rio Negro, valley of Rio Margua, region of Sarare, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 12839 (US). DisTRIBUTION : Known only from Norte de Santander. This new species, from northern Colombia, has terete branches, leaves which are lanceolate (upper ones) or ovate-lanceolate (lower ones), and more or less cylindric racemes which are conspicuously bracteate. It is closely related to M. obtusifolia H.B.K., of southern Colombia, differing in its larger leaves (to 130 mm. long) with acute apices, the elongate (to 29 cm. long) axis of its racemes, its filiform and larger (to 11.5 mm. long) bracts, etc. 17. Monnina obtusifolia H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 411. 1821. Shrub to 2 m. high, branched, the branches 1.5—5 mm. in diameter, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves oblong, 15- go mm. long, 9-24 mm. wide, obtuse, mucronate, rarely more or less acute, glabrous above, glabrescent beneath, entire, revolute, coriaceous, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 5 to 7 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 1.2-3 mm. long, slightly concave above, convex beneath, glabrescent ; racemes conical, acute, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 2.5-19 mm. long), the axis 2-11.5 cm. long, strigose, striate, bracteate, the bracts acute- triangular, rarely obtuse, I-2.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, inconspicu- ous, deciduous, ciliate, I-nerved, finely pubescent beneath; flowers 4.2-6 mm. long, the pedicels 0.6-1.2 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals ovate-triangular, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, the two NO? 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 31 lower ones 1.4—3.2 mm. long, 1.2-1.9 mm. wide, 4 united, rarely only slightly united, obtuse, usually 3-nerved, rarely 5-nerved, the upper sepal 1.8-3.2 mm. long, 1.8-2.6 mm. wide, obtuse, sometimes more or less acute, 5- or 7-nerved; wings deep blue, 4.8-6 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, obovate, almost acute at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, rarely slightly pubescent beneath, ciliate; keel 4.2-6.5 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, usually acute at base, some- times obtuse, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the lobes inconspicuous; upper petals more or less elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the fila- ments 3.2-4.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-1.5 mm. long, pubescent; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, pubescent, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the Fic. 17—Monnina obtusifolia: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All x 3. upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 4.5-5.5 mm. long, 2.2-3.2 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistRIBUTION: The Central Cordillera of southwestern Colombia, between 2,600 and 3,600 meters altitude. Putumayo: Paramo de San Antonio del Bordoncillo, between El Encano and Sibundoy, Cuatrecasas 11694 (Ch, US). Et Vatite: Barragan, Cerro de La Laguna, valley of Rio Bugalagrande, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 20839 (Ch), 20890 (Ch). Cauca: Mt. Pan de Aztcar, Cordillera Central, Pennell 7031 (Ch, NY, US) ; Paramo de Moras, between Mozoco and Pitay6o, Tierra Adentro, Pittier 1405 (US); Alto del Duende, headwaters of Rio Palo, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 18844 (Ch, US); “road to east from Silva,’ Cordillera Central, Haught 5091 (US), 5091a (US); “Almaguer,” Cordillera Central, Bonpland s. n. (photographs of type, Ch, US). Narino: Laguna de La Cocha, Isla La Corota, Garcia-Barriga, Hawkes, & Villarreal 13056 (US); highway from Tiquerres to Ipiales, Garcia-Barriga & Hawkes 13063 (US), 13074 (US); region of Pasto, between Pasto and Anga- noy, Schultes & Villarreal 7429 (US) ; region of Pasto, road to Aranda, Schultes & Villarreal 7467 (US); Tuquerres, Pasto, Triana s. n. (NY); region of Pedregal, between Pasto and Ttquerres, south of Yacuanquer, Schultes & Villarreal 7870 (US). The type locality of this species is ‘““Almaguer,’ Department of Cauca, in the southwestern part of Colombia. All the material studied 32 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I1 is distinguished by oblong and obtuse leaves and by the pubescent style, although this latter character is not mentioned by Bonpland in his original description. 18. Monnina aestuans (L. f.) DC. Prodr. 1: 338. 1824. Polygala aestuans L. f. Suppl. 315. 1781. Monnina densa Pl. & Lind. ex Wedd. Chlor. And. 2: 268. 1855. Shrub 0.6-4 m. high, branched, the branches 2-8 mm. in diameter, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, striate ; leaves subcoriaceous, crowded, usually oblong-lanceolate, sometimes lanceolate, 18-72 mm. long, 4-24 mm. wide, obtuse, rarely acute, mucronate, strigose above, becoming glabrescent, canescent-strigose beneath, entire, slightly revo- lute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 6 or 7 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 1.6—-5 mm. long, concave above, convex be- mODODwr Fic. 18.—Monnina aestuans: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. neath, articulate, strigose; racemes conical, acute, 8-Io mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 2-23 mm. long), the axis 1.7-8.5 cm. long, finely pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts triangular, acuminate, 2.2-4 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, hood-shaped at base, pubescent beneath ; flowers 4.8- 5.5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.8-2 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 1.8-3 mm. long, 1.2-I.9 mm. wide, usually 4, some- times 4, united, I-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2-3.2 mm. long, 1.52.2 mm. wide, 3-nerved, rarely 5-nerved; wings blue, 4-5.4 mm. long, 3.2-5.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, gla- brous, ciliate toward base; keel 4.6-6 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, orbicu- lar, plicate, pubescent within, rarely glabrescent, obtuse at base, 3- nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate ; upper petals elon- gate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.8 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2 mm. long, 0.8-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 5--6.5 mm. long, glabrous, reticulate. NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 33 DistripuTion: Northern and central part of the Colombian Andes, and also in Venezuela and Ecuador, between 2,500 and 3,900 meters altitude. MacpaLtena: Cerro Pintado, Sierra Perija, Carriker 29 (US), 37 (US). Botivar: Below Paramo de Chaquiro, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 4311 (NY). Norte pE SANTANDER: Paramo de Santurban enroute from Tona to Mutiscua, Kilip & Smith 19570 (GH, NY, US); “Cordilléres de la province d’ Ocajfia,” Schlim 345 (fragments of cotype coll. of M. densa, Ch, US; photographs, Ch, US): CunpINAMARCA: Monserrate, near Bogota, Cuatrecasas 268 (Ch, US); Salto de Tequendama, Cuatrecasas 106 (Ch, US); Guadalupe, Bogota, Haught 5613 (Ch, US), 5623 (US), 5606 (US), 5607 (US) ; Bogota, Dawe 204 (US), Garcia-Barriga 12644 (US); Macizo de Bogota, Cuatrecasas 5050 (US), Schultes 7240 (US); above Bogota, Rusby & Pennell 1290 (NY); Boquer6on de Chipaque, Killip 34197 (NY, US); Ubate-Carupa highway, Haught 6175 (US) ; Paramo de Guasca, Black 46-663 (US) ; between Bogota and La Calera, Barkley, Garcia-Barriga, & Vanegas 17C740 (US) ; western slopes of Paramo de Cruz Verde, Cuatrecasas 328 (Ch). Totima: Along Quindio Highway, between Cajamarca and summit of the divide, Killip & Varela 34642 (NY, US). Dept. ?: Without locality, Rodriguez 29 (US); San Cristobal, Bros. Apol- linaire & Arthur 5 (US). This species characteristically bears numerous, small, coriaceous, crowded, oblong-lanceolate, mucronate leaves on the upper parts of its branches; the bracts of its racemes are triangular, and the keel is pubescent within. The type was collected by Mutis, very probably in Cundinamarca ; the original description agrees well with the cited ma- terial from Cundinamarca, and consequently I feel reasonably sure of the identity of the species. The cotype material of M. densa, from Norte de Santander, seems scarcely distinguishable from this concept. 19. Monnina santamartensis Ferreyra, sp. nov. Herba annua a M. rupestre H.B.K., cui affinis, habitu herbaceo, racemis majoribus rhachi ad 28 cm. longa, sepalo exteriore acuto facile distinguitur. Herbaceous annual 1.1-1.6 m. high; root 11-12 cm. long, 7-8 mm. in diameter, branched, curved ; stem erect, terete, glabrescent, branched in the upper part, the branches 15-27 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. in diameter, striate, glabrous; leaves broadly lanceolate, 46-225 mm. long, 10-64 mm. wide, conspicuously acuminate, glabrescent, membranaceous, en- tire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 8 to 10 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 1.5-10 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, glabrescent; racemes elongate, acuminate, 8-11 mm. wide, 34 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 14-50 mm. long), the axis 7.2-28 cm. long, slightly canescent-pubescent, becoming gla- brescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts filiform, 4.2-6 mm. long, 0.9-1.6 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, I-nerved, finely puberulent beneath; flowers 4.2-6 mm. long, the pedicels 1-1.8 mm. long, finely puberulent ; outer sepals more or less lanceolate, acute, ciliate, glabrescent beneath, the two lower ones 1.8-3.2 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, 4 united, 3- nerved, the upper sepal 2.8-4.8 mm. long, 1.6-2 mm. wide, (apex more or less involute) 5-nerved; wings 4.2-5.2 mm. long, 3-4.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, glabrous, eciliate; keel 4.8-6 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, rarely slightly pubescent, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate, larger; upper petals elongate-spat- ulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.6-3.5 mm. long, almost Fic. 19.—Monnina santamartensis: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. entirely united, the free part 0.5-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.5-2.2 mm. long, I-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.4-2.6 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papil- lose; drupe (immature) 6-6.5 mm. long, 3.4-3.6 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, collected in Sierra del Libano, region of Santa Marta, Department of Magdalena, alt. 1,935 meters, March 18098 or 1899, by H. H. Smith (No. 1480). Duplicates in the Gray Herbarium, the U. S. National Herbarium, and the Chicago Natural History Museum. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: MacpALENA: Sierra del Libano, Santa Marta, H. H. Snuth 1557 (GH, NY, US); San Lorenzo Mountains, Santa Marta, Viereck s. n. (US); Mount San Lorenzo, near Santa Marta, Seifriz 83 (US). DistrisuTIoN: Northern Colombia, Department of Magdalena, between 1,900 and 2,400 meters altitude. The proposed species is an herbaceous annual, with oblong-lance- olate, membranaceous, acuminate leaves, and apparently it is endemic to the Santa Marta region. From its close ally, M. rupestris H.B.K., NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 35 it differs in its herbaceous habit, its racemes with a longer axis (to 28 cm. long), its larger (to 4.8 mm. long) and acute outer sepals, and its more northern distribution. 20. Monnina rupestris H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 415. 1821. Monnina tenuifolia Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 131. 1895. Monnina pulchra Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 133. 1805. Shrub to 6 m. high, branched, the branches 1.8-7 mm. in diameter, strigose, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves subherbaceous, lance- olate, rarely elliptic-lanceolate, 22-115 mm. long, 9-32 mm. wide, usually acuminate, sometimes obtuse or acute, strigose, becoming gla- brescent, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2.5-7 mm. long, slightly winged, concave above, convex beneath, articulate, strigose; racemes conical, acute, 8-Io mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (pe- duncle 6-32 mm. long), the axis 2.6-9 cm. long, strigose, striate, bracteate, the bracts filiform, 2.2-3.5 mm. long, I-I.2 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, I-nerved, pubescent beneath; flowers 4.4-4.8 mm. long, the pedicels 1.8-2.8 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals ovate-triangular, obtuse, rarely acute, ciliate, puberulent beneath, the two lower ones 1.4-1.8 mm. long, I-1.4 mm. wide, 4 united, 3-nerved, the upper sepal 1.8—2.2 mm. long, 1.4-1.8 mm. wide, 5-nerved ; wings blue, 4-5 mm. long, 3.6—5 mm. wide, obovate, acute at base, 3-nerved, ciliate; keel 4.2-5 mm. long, 2.6-3.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe more or less inconspicuous, emarginate; upper petals elongate-spatu- late, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.8 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.2 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.2 mm. long, 0.9-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; fruit samaroid or more or less drupaceous, ellipsoid, 5-10 mm. long, 3.2-5.2 mm. wide, glabrous, slightly winged, inconspicuously emarginate at apex, the body rugose, reticulate. DistripuTIon: Along the Andes from Central Colombia to the northern part of Ecuador, between 1,300 and 3,000 meters altitude. CUNDINAMARCA: Pacho-San Cayetano Highway, Haught 6022 (Ch, US); Bogota, Bro. Apollinaire s.n. (US) ; above Bogota, Rio San Francisco, Pennell 1940 (GH, NY, US); Guadalupe, near Bogota, Bros. Apollinaire & Arthur 22 (US), Bro. Ariste-Joseph A79 (GH, US) ; vicinity of Bogota, Schultze 5 (US), Bro. Ariste-Joseph s. n. (US), Holton 23 (NY); Cordillera de Bogota, Triana s.n. (NY); Cordillera Central, south of Bogota, Dugand 3565 (US); Rio del Arzobispo, Herb. Bayon s. n. (US); Salto de Tequendama, Cuatrecasas 65 36 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I (Ch, US), Bro. Ariste-Joseph s. n. (US); “Zipacon,” Popenoe 1141 (US); La Florida, Péres-Arbeldéez 2303 (US); without locality, Bro. Ariste-Joseph s,m CUS): CaguETA: Gabinete, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 8411 (Ch, US), Ju- “sepesuk 6616 (US). Putumayo: Highway from Sibundoy to Urcusique, Alto de la Cordillera, La Cabafia, Cuatrecasas 11526 (US); Portachuelo, valley of Sibundoy, Schultes & Villarreal 7728 (US); near Paramo de Bordoncillo, Laguna La Cocha, Ciudadela, above lake on road to Sibundoy, Schultes & Villarreal 7569 (US). Huita: Balsillas, on Rio Balsillas, Rusby & Pennell 746 (GH, NY, US); valley of Rio Cedro, southeast of Pitalito, Schultes & Villarreal 5215 (US); Santa Leticia, region of Moscopan, highway to La Plata, Garcia-Barriga & Hawkes 12886 (US). Cauca: “La Gallera,” Micay Valley, Cordillera Occidental, Killip 7964 (GH, NY, US). NariNo: Pasto, Jameson 473 (type coll. of M. pulchra US, photograph of type US). ro DVS Fic. 20.—Monnina rupesiris: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All x 3. The type material of M. rupestris was obtained by Bonpland “in monte Saraguru,”’ Ecuador. I have seen fragments and a photograph of the type, which agrees well with the specimens cited above. Chodat’s description of M. tenuifolia does not disclose any differences from M. rupestris; its type locality is “prope San Pablo,” in the De- partment of Narifio. Monnina pulchra was based by Chodat upon specimens reputedly collected by Jameson “in Andibus aequatorensis prope Patto.” Doubtless this locality is to be transcribed as Pasto, in the Department of Narifio ; an isotype of VM. pulchra, cited above, can scarcely be separated from M. pulchra. The species is characterized by its herbaceous and acuminate leaves, its simple, terminal or axillary racemes, the wings of its flowers being acute at base, and its more or less samaroid fruits. 21. Monnina phytolaccaefolia H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 419. 1821. Monnina floribunda Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 139. 1862. Monnina comata Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2: 171. 1894. Monnina elliptica Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 134. 1895. Shrub 0.5-3.8 m. high, branched, the branches 2-6 mm. in diameter, hirsute, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves lanceolate, 4-15.5 cm. long, I.4-5 cm. wide, almost coriaceous, usually acute, rarely more or NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 37 less obtuse, canescent-hirsute, becoming glabrescent, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 to 9 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 1.5-6 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, hirsute, some- times becoming glabrescent, slightly winged; racemes almost conical, acute, 7-I0 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (pe- duncle 5-35 mm. long), the axis 2-15 cm. long, hirsute, rarely gla- brescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts acute-triangular, hood-shaped at base, 2-4.2 mm. long, I-2.5 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, pubescent beneath; flowers 4.2-6 mm. long, the pedi- cels 0.8-1.2 mm. long, hirsute; outer sepals ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, finely pubescent beneath, rarely glabrescent, the two lower ones 1.8-2.8 mm. long, 0.8-2 mm. wide, slightly united, 3-nerved, rarely 5-nerved, the upper sepal 2.2-3.2 mm. long, 1.5-2.4 mm. wide, usually 5-nerved, sometimes 3- or 7-nerved; wings blue, 4.5-6 mm. oa OOD Fic. 21—Monnina phytolaccaefolia: Leit to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. long, 4-5.5 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, rarely finely pubescent beneath; keel 4.6-6.5 mm. long, 2.8-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, rarely glabrescent, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-4.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.4 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.2-3.2 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, rarely with a few hairs, thicker toward apex ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 5—7.5 mm. long, 3-4.8 mm. wide, glabrous, sometimes slightly winged, reticulate. DistrisuTion: Along the Andes from northern Colombia to Ecua- dor, between 1,040 and 3,300 meters altitude. MacpaLena: Cerro Quemado region, Espina & Giacometto A156 (Ch, NY, Us): Borivar: Antizales, Pennell 4439 (NY). Norte DE SANTANDER: Road from Pamplona to Toledo, Killip & Smith 19924 (GH, NY, US); vicinity of Chinacota, Killip G Smith 20779 (US). 38 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I SANTANDER: Vicinity of Charta, Killip & Smith 19043 (GH, NY, US); Rio Surata valley, between El Jaboncillo and Surata, Killip & Smith 16449 (GH, NY, US); Mesa de los Santos, Killip & Smith 15077 (GH, NY, US); between Piedecuesta and Las Vegas, Killip & Smith 15515 (GH, NY, US); mountains east of Las Vegas, Killip & Smith 15862 (GH, NY, US); between El Roble and Tona, Killip & Smith 19396 (GH, NY, US); between Surata and California, Killip & Smith 16796 (US). BoyacA: Paramo de Santa Rosa, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 10335 (US) ; region of Mount Chapon, Lawrance 16 (Ch, NY, US). CuUNDINAMARCA: Vicinity of San Bernardo, to Sasaima, Cuatrecasas 9577 (Ch, US); Sasaima, near San Bernardo, Garcia-Barriga 12619 (US); Esta- cidn Santana, above Sasaima, Dugand & Jaramillo 3827 (US); Sasaima, Garcia-Barriga 11584 (US); El Colegio, Bro. Ariste-Joseph 1049 (US); between El Salto and El Colegio, Cuatrecasas 8249 (Ch, US); “Susumuco,” southeast of Quetamé, Pennell 1736 (GH, NY, US); La Vega, Péres-Arbeldez & Cuatrecasas 5338 (Ch, US); San Antonio de Tena, western slope, Cordillera Oriental, Dugand & Jaramillo 29044 (US); Caparrapi, Garcia-Barriga 7674 (US) ; La Palma, highway to Pacho, Rio Murca, Garcia-Barriga 12402 (US); highway between San Francisco and La Vega, Garcia-Barriga 10951 (US); Hacienda Paramillo, west of Guaduas, Garcia-Barriga 12325 (US); Macizo de Bogota, Cerro El Retiro, Schultes 7023 (US); Ubala, Bogota, Triana s. n. (type coll. of M. floribunda, NY; photographs of type, Ch, US). Totima: “La Virginia,’ Libano, Pennell 3288 (GH, NY, US); “Icononzo” to “Boca de Monte,” highway to Melgar, Garcia-Barriga 12015 (US); El Libano, Garcia-Barriga 12234 (US); “Mariquita,” Bonpland s. n. (fragments of type, US; photographs of type, Ch, US). Antioquia: Medellin, Archer 79 (US) ; vicinity of Medellin, Toro 88 (NY, US) ; vicinity of Bocana, east of Medellin, Araque & Barkley 19Ano54 (US); “Sonson,” Archer & Lépez 402 (NY, US); Santa Barbara, Cauca Valley, Pennell 10922 (US); Heliconia, Bro. Daniel 3987 (US); Cordillera Central, Correa 28 (US). Catpas: Salento, Cordillera Central, Pennell, Killip, & Hazen 8740 (GH, NY, US), 8741 (GH, NY, US); Santuario, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 10303 (GH, US); near Victoria, Haught 2151 (US); “La Palmita,” west of Armenia, Cauca Valley, Pennell, Killip, & Hazen 8595 (NY, US); Pereira, Cordillera Central, Killip & Hazen 11008 (US); “Chinchina,” Cuatrecasas 23380 (Ch); La Selva, Cordillera Occidental, western slope, von Sneidern 5540 (US). Cuoco: “La Mansa,” Araque & Barkley 19Cho12 (US). Et Vatite: La Cumbre, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 5171 (GH, NY, US); Naranjal, valley of Rio Sanquinini, western slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cua- trecasas 15373 (Ch, US); Morro Pelado, Pichindé, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 18137 (Ch, US); La Tulia, valley of Rio Cali, eastern slope, Cordillera Occidental, Cuatrecasas 18529 (Ch); kilo- meter 54 on Cali-Buenaventura highway, Haught 5313 (US); Ciclito, Western Cordillera, Dryander 1977 (US); Versalles, Western Cordillera, Dawe 832 (NY, US); hills near Alcala, Cuatrecasas 22849 (Ch); Las Neives, west of Cali, Western Cordillera, Killip, Cuatrecasas, & Dryander 39208 (Ch, US). Cauca: Popayan, Yepes 133 (Ch, US), von Sneidern 5602 (US) ; highlands of Popayan, Lehmann 360 (NY), 361 (Ch, GH, NY); Tambo, Haught 5279 NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 39 (US); “Timbio-Paispampa” highway, Haught 5297 (US); between Popayan and Cajeti, toward Tambo, Cuatrecasas 13822 (Ch, US). Dept. ?: Without locality, Rodriguez 5 (US); La Esperanza, Garcia-Barriga 3062 (US); San Antonio, Langlassé 31 (GH); above Palmira, Cordillera Central, Pittier 903 (US); Rio Ortega to San Antonio, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell & Killip 7261 (NY, US); Estacion Uribe, Bro. Ariste-Joseph, s. n. CUS): This is a common species of the Andes of Colombia and Ecuador. It is related to M. rupestris H.B.K., but is distinct in the more or less coriaceous and acute leaves, the racemes with longer axes (to 15 cm. long), the triangular flower-subtending bracts, the two lower sepals being inconspicuously united at base, and the keel being pubescent within. The type collection of M. floribunda Tr. & Pl. shows the same characters, and a comparison of it with fragments and photo- graphs of the type of M. phytolaccaefolia demonstrates that only one species is concerned. Moreover, numerous specimens from essentially the type locality of M. floribunda (near Bogota) have been found to be identical with the Bonpland collection. Monnina comata Chodat was founded on material collected by André at Salento, Department of El Valle. The type of this species is not now available at Geneva; Professor Baehni informs me that it may have been destroyed in a fire at the University of Genéve at the time Chodat was working on this family. However, examination of the original description of M. comata shows no reason to consider it a distinct species, and the numerous specimens from E] Valle agreeing with Bonpland’s material bear out this reduction. The same disposition has been made of the binomial M. elliptica, based on material from near Cartago, El Valle, in spite of the fact that Chodat placed this species in a group marked by “ovarium pilosum.” No other characters separate Chodat’s species, and his characterization of the ovary as pilose has been questionable in other species, i. e., in MZ. mathusiana, from northern Peru. 22. Monnina revoluta H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 412. 1821. Shrub, 1-2 m. high, the stem erect, glabrescent, branched, the branches 12-32 cm. long, 2-9 mm. in diameter, slightly pubescent, corymbose ; leaves crowded, linear-elliptic, 14-50 mm. long, 3.5-9 mm. wide, obtuse, glabrescent above, finely pubescent beneath, entire, con- spicuously revolute, the costa prominulous beneath, with inconspicu- ous lateral veins; petioles 1.5-2 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, puberulent ; racemes conical, acute, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal, pedunculate (peduncle 3-4 mm. long), the axis 1.6-2.5 cm. long, slightly pubescent, bracteate, the bracts triangular, acute, 1-1.5 40 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I21 mim. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, pubescent beneath, ciliate, 1-nerved, incon- spicuous ; flowers 4—5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.8-1 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, the two lower ones 1.4-3 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. wide, usually 1-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2-3.2 mm. long, 1.6-2 mm. wide, 3- or 5-nerved ; wings deep blue, 4.2-5 mm. long, 3.5—4 mm. wide, obovate, more or less acute at base, 3- or 4-nerved, ciliate, glabrous on both sides ; keel 4.2-5.2 mm. long, 2.5—3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, gla- brous within, sometimes slightly pubescent, obtuse at base, 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate, larger ; upper petals spatu- late, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.5 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.8-2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.2-2.6 mm. long, geniculate near its base, glabrous, cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the Fic. 22.—Monnina revoluta: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All xX 3. lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 6-6.5 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm, wide, glabrous, reticulate. DisTRIBUTION: Central and southwestern parts of Colombia, be- tween 3,250 and 4,200 meters altitude, and also in Ecuador. CUNDINAMARCA: Paramo de Guasca, Cordillera Oriental, Hodge 6478 (Ch). Putumayo: Between El Encano and Sibundoy, Paramo de San Antonio del Bordoncillo, Cuatrecasas 11752 (US). Totima: Paramo de Ruiz, Pennell 3083 (NY); “Mariquita,” Linden 955 (fragments of authentic material, US). Catpas: Above El Bosque, Rio Ottin, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 23169 (Ch); Paramos de la Laguna del Mosquito, Rio Ottn, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 23249 (Ch) ; Paramo del Quindio, Cordillera Central, Pennell & Hazen 9986 (GH, NY, US). Cauca: Mount Pan de Aztcar, Cordillera Central, Pennell 7045 (GH, NY, US); San Francisco, Paramo del Puracé, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 14576 (Ch, US), 14576A (Ch); Las Casitas, Rio Palo, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 18994 (Ch, US); Puracé, Cordillera Central, von Sneidern 1815 (NY). NariNo: Pasto, Bonpland s. n. (fragments of type Ch, photographs of type, GH, US). Dept. ?: Holton 829 (GH, NY). This species, characterized by more or less corymbose branches and conspicuously small, crowded, linear-elliptic, revolute leaves, is typified NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 4I by a collection from Pasto, Department of Narifio, of which fragments and photographs have been seen. 23. Monnina elongata Pl. & Lind. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 137. 1862. Frutescent, to 1.6 m. high, branched, the branches 12-24 cm. long, I.5-2 mm. in diameter, canescent-pubescent, becoming more or less glabrescent; leaves lanceolate, 34-80 mm. long, 12-23 mm. wide, acuminate, rarely acute, pubescent above, becoming almost glabrescent, canescent-pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa slightly prominulous beneath, with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2-6 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, pubescent ; racemes more or less conical, obtuse, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 7-18 mm. long), the axis 2.2-11 cm. long, canescent-pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts oblance- 00a V Fic. 23—Monnina elongata: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All x 3. olate, 6-7 mm. long, 2-2.6 mm, wide, acuminate, 1-nerved, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, deciduous, ciliate; flowers 4-4.5 mm. long, the pedicels 1-1.2 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, the two lower ones 2-2.4 mm. long, 1.2-1.5 mm. wide, usually 1-nerved, rarely 2-nerved, gla- brous beneath, the upper sepal 2.8-3 mm. long, 1.8-2 mm. wide, 3- nerved, glabrescent beneath ; wings deep blue, 4—4.5 mm. long, 3.5-3.8 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous beneath, glabres- cent within, sometimes with a few hairs at base; keel 4.5-5 mm. long, 2.3-2.8 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.2 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.6-2 mm. long, 0.9-1 mm. wide, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, the hairs more conspicuous in the upper part; style 2-2.2 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, cylindric ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5-5.5 mm. long, 3-3.2 mm. wide, slightly pubescent, becoming glabrescent, reticulate. 42. SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I1 DistripuTion: Northern part of Colombia, between 1,500 and 3,300 meters altitude. NortE pE SANTANDER: Ocafia, Schlim 674, 1137 (photographs of cotypes, ChiGH. WS): SANTANDER: Eastern slope of Paramo de las Coloradas, above La Baja, Killip & Smith 18381 (GH, NY, US); without locality, Linden 375 (fragments of authentic material, US). The canescent-pubescent habit, the lanceolate and acuminate leaves, and the obtuse racemes with conspicuous oblanceolate bracts character- ize this species. 24. Monnina andreana Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 134. 1895. Monnina lehmanniana Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 542. 1895. Frutescent, branched, the branches 1.6-3.8 mm. in diameter, con- spicuously hirsute, terete ; leaves lanceolate, 18-65 mm. long, 5.5-15 mm. wide, acute, glabrescent above, slightly pubescent beneath, entire, Fic. 24.—Monnina andreana: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 4 or 5 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2.5-5.5 mm. long, concave above, convex be- neath, pubescent; racemes elongate, acute, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 3-10 mm.), the axis 2.2- 6 cm. long, hirsute, striate, bracteate, the bracts linear or narrowly triangular, 1.8-3 mm. long, 0.5-0.8 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, finely pubescent beneath; flowers 3.8-4 mm. long, the pedi- cels 1.2-1.4 mm. long, slightly pubescent ; outer sepals free, triangular, acute, ciliate, finely pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, the two lower ones 2.2-2.5 mm. long, 0.9-1.2 mm. wide, I-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2.6-3.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, 3-nerved ; wings 4-4.4 mm. long, 3-3.8 mm. wide, obovate, acute at base, 3- nerved, glabrous beneath, ciliate at base; keel 3.8-5 mm. long, 2.6-3 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, inconspicuously 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-3.8 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.5 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1-1.8 mm. long, 0.7-1 mm. wide, pubescent ; NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 43 style 2.5-3 mm. long, geniculate in the middle part, glabrous, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one conspicuously acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5-6 mm. long, 2.4-3 mm. wide, pubescent, becoming glabrescent, reticulate. DIsTRIBUTION: Central and southwestern Colombia, between 2,700 and 3,450 meters altitude. CUNDINAMARCA: Facatativa, André 558 (type, in Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve). Cauca: Paramos near Laguna del Paez, headwaters of Rio Paez, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 19047 (Ch, US); Paramo de Guanacas, Lehmann 2129 (type coll. of M. lehmanniana, US; photographs, GH, US). This species seems closely related to M. elongata Pl. & Lind. but, unlike that species, it has conspicuously hirsute branches, acute leaves with 4 or 5 pairs of lateral veins, racemes with a shorter axis (to 6 cm. long) and with linear or narrowly triangular bracts, acute outer sepals, etc. Direct comparison of type material of the two binomials concerned indicates that they cannot both be maintained, the only apparent difference being the somewhat glabrescent ovary in the type of M. andreana. Through the kindness of Professor Baehni, Director of the Conservatoire Botanique, Geneve, it has been possible for me to borrow the actual type of M. andreana. 25. Monnina involuta Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex ad 1 m. altus M. latifoliae (Bonpl.) DC. affinis, foliis minori- bus lamina ad 5 cm. longa, racemis minoribus rhachi ad 4.5 cm. longa, sepalo exteriore conspicue involuto, stylo glabro differt. Frutescent, to 1 m. high, branched, the branches 16.5-26.5 cm. long, 2.6-3 mm. in diameter, nodose, glabrescent, striate ; leaves lance- olate, 22-50 mm. long, 9-16 mm. wide, acute, glabrescent above, finely pubescent beneath, entire, slightly revolute, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 4 or 5 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2-2.5 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, finely pubescent ; racemes conical, acute, 7-9 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 5-8 mm. long), the axis 2.8-4.5 cm. long, pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts inconspicuous; flowers 4.8-5.4 mm. long, the pedicels 1.6-2.2 mm. long, slightly pubescent ; outer sepals free, lance- olate, acute, the apex conspicuously involute, ciliate, glabrous beneath, 3-nerved, the two lower ones 4-4.8 mm. long, 1.2-1.6 mm. wide, the upper sepal 4.2-5 mm. long, 1.6-1.8 mm. wide; wings blue, 4-4.6 mm. long, 3.5-4 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, gla- brous beneath, eciliate; keel 4.5-5.2 mm. long, 2.4-2.8 mm. wide, 44 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, subemarginate at apex, inconspicuously 3-lobed; upper petals short, spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-1 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ellip- soid, I-1.4 mm. long, 0.6-0.8 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.2 mm. long, more or less geniculate in the middle part, glabrous, almost cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1- tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 4-5 mm. long, 2.2-2.8 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. Type in the herbarium of the Chicago Natural History Museum, No. 1366900, collected on Los Farallones, in thickets on Paramo of Cerro La Torre, Cordil- lera Occidental, Department of El Valle, alt. 3,750 meters, October 10, 1944, by J. Cuatrecasas (No. 17862). Fic. 25.—Monnina involuta: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. DistrIBuTION: Known only from the type collection. The new entity has small, lanceolate, acute leaves (to 50 mm. long), the apex of the outer sepals being strongly involute. It is related to M. latifolia (Bonpl.) DC., but has smaller leaves, the axis of racemes shorter (to 4.5 cm. long), the outer sepals involute, the keel and style glabrous, etc. 26. Monnina latifolia (Bonpl.) DC. Prodr. 1: 338. 1824. Hebeandra latifolia Bonpl. in Ges. Naturf. Freund. Berlin Mag. 2: 43. 1808. Frutescent to 1 m. high, branched, the branches 3.5-5 mm. in diam- eter, slightly canescent-pubescent, striate; leaves elliptic-lanceolate, 68-215 mm. long, 19-85 mm. wide, usually acuminate, rarely acute, glabrescent above, finely pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 8 or 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2-3 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, finely pubes- cent; racemes elongate, obtuse, 10-12 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, sometimes inconspicuously aggregate in groups of 2-4, pe- dunculate (peduncle 16-32 mm. long), the axis 5.8-30 cm. long, canescent-pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts linear, 6-7.2 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, finely pubescent beneath; flowers 4.5-5.5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.5-2.5 mm. long, finely pubescent; outer sepals free, ovate, acute, ciliate, pubescent NOS Ss COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 45 beneath, the two lower ones 4.8-5.2 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm. wide, 3- nerved, the upper sepal 5-6 mm. long, 3.2-3.9 mm. wide, 5-nerved ; wings deep blue, 4.5-5.2 mm. long, 4.6—5.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, strongly pubescent beneath, the hairs more or less rigid, ascending, glabrous within, eciliate ; keel 4.8-5.5 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate; upper petals slightly elongate-spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3.2-4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.6-1 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 2-2.2 mm. long, 1.2-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.5 mm. long, conspicuously geniculate at base, pubescent, cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tu- bercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 7-8 mm. long, 4-4.5 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. dOade Fic. 26.—Monnina latifolia: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3: DistTRIBUTION: Confined to the Andes of Central Colombia, be- tween 2,000 and 2,100 meters altitude. CuNDINAMARCA: Pacho-Paime Highway, Haught 6073 (US). Totima: “Quindio,” Goudot s.n. (US), Bonpland s. n. (photograph of type, US). This small shrub is readily distinguished by its large, acuminate, elliptic-lanceolate leaves, its racemes with elongate axes (to 30 cm. long) and conspicuous linear bracts (to 7.2 mm. long), and by having its outer sepals larger than the wings, its wings strongly pubescent, and its style also pubescent. 27. Monnina bracteata Chodat in Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 133. 1895. Monnina multicomata Chodat in Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve II. 25: 211. 1034. Slender tree, branched, the branches 1.8-3 mm, in diameter, stri- ate, hirsute; leaves lanceolate, 38-155 mm. long, 10-55 mm. wide, acuminate, rarely acute, finely pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, canescent-hirsute beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa promin- ulous beneath, with 7 to 9 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 1.8-8 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, articulate, pubescent; racemes 46 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I more or less conical, acute, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axil- lary, pedunculate (peduncle 8-20 mm. long), the axis 1.8-9.5 cm. long, hirsute, striate, bracteate, the bracts conspicuously filiform, 6-11.6 mm. long, I-3.5 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, puberulous be- neath; flowers 3.8-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1-1.2 mm. long, finely puberulent ; outer sepals free, lanceolate, ciliate, acute (apex involute), pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 3.8-54 mm. long, 1.8-3 mm. wide, 5-nerved, rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 3.8-6 mm. long, 1.8- 3.8 mm. wide, 7-nerved, sometimes 5-nerved ; wings blue, 4-4.5 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, slightly pubes- cent beneath, rarely glabrescent, glabrous within, usually eciliate ; keel 4-5 mm. long, 2.8-3.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, slightly pubescent within, rarely glabrescent, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle Fic. 27—Monnina bracteata: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wing (inner), wing (outer), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, all xX 3; bract, X 2. lobe inconspicuous, obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals elongate-spat- ulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.4-0.8 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.2 mm. long, 0.8-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2-2.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrescent, rarely with a few inconspicuous hairs, more or less cylindric; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5.2-7 mm. long, 3.2-4.4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistTR1BUTION: In the Andes of central and northern Colombia, and the southwestern part of Venezuela, between 2,000 and 3,400 meters altitude. NorTE DE SANTANDER: Pica-Pica Valley, above Tapata, north of Toledo, Killip & Smith 20029 (NY, US). Catpas: Salento, Cordillera Central, Pennell 8917 (GH, NY, US) ; “Alaska,” above Salento, Pennell 9382 (GH, US); Salento to “Laguneta,” Old Quindio Trail, Killip & Hazen 9116 (GH, NY, US); Cerro Tatama, Cordillera Occi- dental, Pennell 10500 (US); Rio San Rafael, below Cerro Tatama, Pennell 10386 (type of M. multicomata US, isotype GH, NY). NOI 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 47 This species was established by Chodat in 1895 from material col- lected by Moritz in “Truxillo et Mérida,” in southwestern Venezuela. The original description and photographs of the type agree well with the specimens here cited and also with the type of M. multicomata Chodat. The species suggests M. latifolia (Bonpl.) DC. but differs in its smaller and lanceolate leaves (to 155 mm. long), the axes of the racemes being shorter (to 9.5 cm. long), the apex of outer sepals slightly involute, etc. In connection with my reduction of M. multicomata to Chodat’s earlier binomial, the following Venezuelan material of WM. bracteata may be cited: “Truxillo et Mérida,” Moritz 1267 (photographs of type, Ch, US); Mérida: Tabay, Gehriger 390 (US), 558 (US); Palmira, Jahn 602 (US). 28. Monnina pennellii Ferreyra, sp. nov. Frutex M. salicifoliae R. & P. valde affinis, foliis majoribus lamina ad 14.5 cm. longa, sepalis duobus inferioribus 5-nerviis, stylo pubes- cente facile distinguendus. DOG Fic. 28.—Monnina pennellii: Leit to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All x 3. Suffrutescent, branched, the branches 3-5 mm. in diameter, striate, slightly pubescent; leaves subcoriaceous, elliptic, 55-145 mm. long, 22-92 mm. wide, acute, finely strigose-pubescent, becoming glabres- cent, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 9 or 10 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 2.5-5 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, finely pubescent; racemes conical, acute, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 17-24 mm. long), the axis 5.2-6.5 cm. long, finely pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts oblanceolate or triangular, acute, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1.2—-1.5 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, pubescent beneath ; flowers 4.5- 5.2 mm. long, the pedicels inconspicuous, 0.4-0.6 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, the two lower ones 1.8-2.2 mm. long, 1.6-1.8 mm. wide, usually 5-nerved (3 nerves conspicuous), rarely 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2.5-2.8 mm. long, 1.6—-2 mm. wide, 5-nerved; wings violet-blue, 4.2-5.2 mm. long, 3.6-4.8 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, glabrous beneath, with few 48 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I hairs within, ciliate at base; keel 5-5.8 mm. long, 3-3.8 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3- or 4-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate, larger; upper petals elongate-spatulate, densely pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3.8-4 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 1-1.5 mm. long, gla- brous ; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2 mm. long, 0.8-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.5-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, pubescent, more or less cylin- dric ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper I-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 5.5-7 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. Type in U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1141652, collected at San José, Cauca Valley, Department of Caldas, alt. 1,400-1,800 meters, September 3, 1922, by F. W. Pennell (No. 10247). Duplicate in the Gray Herbarium. DisTRIBUTION: Known only from the type collection. The new species seems closely related to M. salicifola R. & P., from which it differs in its larger, acute leaves (to 145 mm. long) with g or I0 pairs of lateral nerves, and in having its lower sepals 5-nerved and its upper petals and style pubescent. 29. Monnina salicifolia R. & P. Syst. Veg. 172. 1798. Monnina cestrifolia H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5: 413. t. 502. 1821. Shrub 0.4-3 m. high, branched, the branches 2-8 mm. in diameter, nodose, pubescent, becoming glabrescent, striate; leaves usually el- liptic, rarely lanceolate, 15-75 mm. long, 5-35 mm. wide, obtuse, sometimes acute, finely canescent-pubescent; becoming more or less glabrescent, entire, slightly revolute, attenuate at base, the costa pro- minulous beneath, with 5 or 6 pairs of lateral veins; petioles 1.5-3 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, articulate, pubescent; ra- cemes conical, acute, Q-12 mm. wide, simple, terminal, pedunculate (peduncle 8-14 mm. long), the axis 2-9 cm. long, pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts acute-triangular, 1.4-4 mm. long, 1.4-1.8 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, finely pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent ; flowers 4.2-6.5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.8-1.4 mm. long, pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate-triangular, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, rarely glabrescent, the two lower ones 1.4—2.5 mm. long, 1.2-2 mm. wide, 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2-3 mm. long, 1.6—2.4 mm. wide, 5-nerved; wings deep blue, 4-6.5 mm. long, 3.6-6 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, ciliate ; keel 4.2-6.8 mm. long, 2.8-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate; upper petals elongate-spatulate, slightly pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 3-4 NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA AQ) mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.4 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.2-2.5 mm. long, 0.8-1.5 mm. wide, glabrous ; style 2-3 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5.5-7 mm. long, 3.6-4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DistrinutTion: Along the Andes from northern Colombia to Eceuador, Peru, and Bolivia, between 1,200 and 3,700 meters altitude. Fig. 29.—Monnina salicifolia: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium. All X 3. Norte DE SANTANDER: Paramo de Tama, above La Cueva, Cuatrecasas, Schultes & E. Smith 12649 (Ch, US). SANTANDER: Vicinity of Charta, Killip & Smith 19080 (GH, NY, US), 19231 (GH, NY, US); Paramo de Vetas, Killip & Smith 17420 (GH, NY, US) ; vicinity of Tona, Killip & Smith 19476 (GH, NY, US); edge of Paramo de Santurban, Killip & Smith 17927 (Ch, NY, US); vicinity of La Baja, Killip & Smith 18746 (GH, NY, US), 18137 (US) ; western slope of Paramo de las Puentes, above La Baja, Killip & Smith 18156 (GH, NY, US). BoyacA: Northeast of Duitama, Quebrada de Becerra, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 10379 (Ch, US). CUNDINAMARCA: Bogota and immediate vicinity, Bequaert 2 (Ch, GH, US), Bro. Ariste-Joseph A1o3 (GH, US), A238 (US), Jusepczuk 5040 (US), Schiefer 532 (GH), Holton 830 (GH, NY), Triana s. n. (NY); cerro above La Cita, Bogota, Schultes 7119 (US); between El Delirio and Guadalupe, Macizo de Bogota, Cuatrecasas 5166 (US); Guadalupe, near Bogota, Haught 5045 (US), 5046 (US), 5608 (US); Paramo de Guasca, Balls 5707 (US), Garcia-Barriga 11640 (US); Guasca, Grant 7377 (US); road to east from Guasca, Haught 5813 (US); Venecia-Pandi, Herb. Nac. Colomb. 478 (US); Paramo de Zipaquira, Cuatrecasas 9559 (Ch, US); Paramo de Choconté, Cuatrecasas 9655 (Ch, US) ; Sopd, Garcia-Barriga 13354 (US), 13373 (US); near Sutatausa, Haught 6168 (Ch, US); Rio Negro valley, between Quetamé and Piperal, Killip 34223 (NY, US). Putumayo: Road between Laguna La Cocha and Paramo de Tabano, Schultes & Villarreal 7833q (US). AntTioguia: Jerico, Bros. Daniel & Tomds 3499 (US) ; between Medellin and Palmitas, Cordillera Central, Hodge 6610 (US); north of Santa Rosa de Osos, Rivera, Franco, & Barkley 18Ao48 (US). Catpas: Paramos between El Bosque and Plan del Villar, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 23267 (Ch). 50 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I Et VALLE: Paramo de Bavaya, valley of Rio Bugalagrande, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 20061 (Ch). Cauca: Tablon, near Puracé, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 14558 (Ch, US); “San Isidro,’ Puracé, Cordillera Central, Pennell & Killip 6465 (US); San Pedro, Bro. Daniel 1363 (Ch); without locality, Dryander 1058 (US). NariNo: Pasto, Bonpland s. n. (fragments and photograph of type of M. cestrifolia, US); “isla Tuquerre,” Herb. Nac. Colomb. 86 (US). Dept. ?: Without locality, Linden 781 (GH, US); without locality, Holton 831 (NY); without locality, Triana 414 (US), 415 (US). Monnina salictfolia is very abundant in the Andes of northwestern South America, its distribution extending from Colombia southward into Bolivia. It was based upon material from central Peru (for a discussion of the Peruvian distribution, see Journ. Arn. Arb. 27: 157— 158. 1946). The species is characterized by elliptic leaves, racemes which are simple, terminal, conical, and acute, completely free lower sepals, and by the keel being pubescent within. Monnina cestrifolia was described from material collected at Pasto, Department of Narifio, of which fragments and a photograph are available. Although the type specimen of the binomial was sterile, I have no doubt of its identity with MV. salicifolia. 30. Monnina mollis Pl. & Lind. ex Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 130. 1862. Frutescent, or slender tree to 6 m. high, branched, the branches 2-7 mm. in diameter, conspicuously hirsute, sometimes becoming more or less glabrescent, striate; leaves oblong, 35-130 mm. long, 14-47 mm. wide, usually obtuse, rarely acute or acuminate, mucronate, slightly hirsute above, becoming glabrescent, hirsute beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 4-7 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, hirsute; racemes conical, acute, 7-9 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, pedunculate (peduncle 8-30 mm. long), the axis 2.5-10.5 cm. long, conspicuously hirsute, striate, bracteate, the bracts hood-shaped, acute, concave, 3.6-6.2 mm. long, 2-2.1 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, I-nerved, densely pubescent beneath; flowers 4.2-5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.6-1 mm. long, finely pubescent ; outer sepals free, ovate- triangular, obtuse, ciliate, slightly pubescent beneath, becoming gla- brescent, finely puberulent within, the two lower ones 1.8-2.8 mm. long, 1.6-2 mm. wide, 3-nerved, the upper sepal 2-3 mm. long, 1.8-2.4 mm. wide, 5-nerved; wings deep blue, 4.4-5 mm. long, 4.4-5 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, ciliate ; keel 4.8-5.4 mm. long, 3.2-4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 5! at base, 3-nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-emarginate ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.8-1.2 mm. long, glabrous ; ovary ovoid, 1.2-1.4 mm. long, 0.8-1 mm. wide, glabrous ; style 2.2-2.5 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 5-5.5 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DisTRIBUTION: Andes of northern and central Colombia, between 1,500 and 3,300 meters altitude. MacpatENA: Hillside at “Africa,” Sierra Perija, Haught 4492 (US), 4520 (US); Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Schlim 819 (fragments of type, US; photographs of type, Ch, GH, US). par DOD Fic. 30—Monnina mollis: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. Norte DE SANTANDER: Paramo de Fontibon, Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & E. Smith 12330 (Ch, US); La Cabuya, valley of Rio Chitaga, region of Sarare, Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & E. Smith 12175 (US) ; between Pamplona and La Isla, Killip & Smith 19800 (GH, NY, US) ; between Toledo and Pamplona, Killip & Smith 20555 (GH, NY, US); vicinity of Toledo, Killip & Smith 20048 (GH, NY> WS): SANTANDER: Vicinity of Vetas, Killip & Smith 17890 (Ch, GH, NY, US); mountains east of Las Vegas, Killip & Smith 15575 (GH, NY, US); Rio Surata Valley, above Surata, Killip & Smith 16625 (GH, NY, US); vicinity of California, Killip & Smith 17008 (GH, US). CUNDINAMARCA: Vicinity of Fusagasuga, Garcia-Barriga 11978 (US), Juzep- csuk 5347 (US); Salto de Tequendama, Cuatrecasas 98 (Ch, US), Killip 34001 (NY, US), Bro. Ariste-Joseph A113 (GH, US), Bros. Apollinaire & Arthur 80 (US), Schiefer 491 (GH); Puente de Seviez, eastern slope, Cordil- lera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 7933 (Ch, US); “Gacheta,” Haught 5853 (US), 5886 (US). This slender tree has conspicuously hirsute branches, oblong, obtuse, and mucronate leaves, and the bracts of the racemes are large (to 6.2 mm. long), hood-shaped, and densely pubescent beneath. 31. Monnina smithii Chodat in Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve II. 25: 216. 1034. Frutescent, 1-1.8 m. high, branched, the branches 1.5-5 mm. in diameter, finely canescent-pubescent, becoming more or less glabres- 52 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I cent, striate ; leaves lanceolate, herbaceous, 35-170 mm. long, 8-47 mm. wide, conspicuously acuminate, slightly pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, finely canescent-pubescent beneath, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 8 or g pairs of lateral veins; petioles 1.5-8 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, slightly winged, canescent-pubescent ; racemes elongate, acuminate, 8-10 mm. wide, simple, terminal, pedunculate (peduncle 6-35 mm. long), the axis 2-23 cm. long, canescent-pubescent, striate, bracteate, the bracts linear, acuminate, 7-14 mm. long, 1.6-—2 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, slightly puberulent beneath; flowers 4.6-5 mm. long, the pedicels 1.2-2 mm. long, finely puberulent ; outer sepals free, triangu- lar, acute, ciliate, glabrous beneath, the two lower ones 2-3.8 mm, long, 1.8-2.5 mm. wide, usually 3-nerved, rarely 5-nerved, the upper sepal 2.2-4 mm. long, 1.8-2.8 mm. wide, usually 5-nerved, sometimes 7- Fic. 31.—Monnina smith: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, all * 3; bract, X 2. nerved; wings deep blue, 4-5 mm. long, 3.5-5.2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, eciliate ; keel 4.8-6 mm. long, 2.8- 3.2 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, glabrous within, obtuse at base, 3- nerved, 3-lobed, the middle lobe inconspicuous, obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals short, spatulate, pubescent ; stamens 8, the filaments 3-3.5 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.5-1 mm. long, gla- brous ; ovary ovoid, 1.8-2 mm. long, I.2-1.4 mm. wide, glabrous ; style 2.2-2.4 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, more or less cylin- dric ; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose; drupe ellipsoid, 5.5-9 mm, long, 3.8-5.5 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DIsTRIBUTION: In the Andes of northern Colombia, between 1,400 and 2,500 meters altitude. Norte DE SANTANDER: Vicinity of Toledo, Killip & Smith 20081 (GH, NY, US); between El Amparo and La Mesa, valley of Rio Margua, region of Sarare, Cuatrecasas 12868 (Ch, US); Ventanas, valley of Rio Chitaga, region of Sarare, Cuatrecasas 12354 (Ch, US); between Ventanas and Bata, valley of Rio Chitaga, region of Sarare, Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & E. Smith 12372a (US). ———E— NO? 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 53 SANTANDER: Between Piedecuesta and Las Vegas, Killip & Smith 15568 (type US 1351426, isotypes GH, NY), 15533 (US). CoLtomsBiaA?: Without locality, Moritz s.n. (US). The present species is a relative of M/. angustata Tr. & Pl., from which it differs in its finely pubescent branches, its racemes with longer axes (to 23 cm. long) and with lax elongate bracts (to 14 mm. long), its obtuse outer sepals, and its keel being glabrous within. It also shows a relationship to M. mollis Pl. & Lind., differing in its lanceo- late and acuminate leaves, its longer and slightly winged petioles, and the linear bracts of its racemes. 32. Monnina angustata Tr. & Pl. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 17: 140. 1862. Frutescent, branched, the branches 2-5 mm. in diameter, conspicu- ously hirsute, becoming glabrescent, striate ; leaves lanceolate, 30-110 mm. long, 10-25 mm. wide, usually acuminate, rarely acute, finely pubescent above, becoming glabrescent, more or less hirsute beneath, VOY Fic. 32—Monnina angustata: Left to right, lower sepals, upper sepal, wings (inner), keel, upper petals and stamens, gynaecium, bract. All X 3. the hairs more numerous at the nerves, entire, attenuate at base, the costa prominulous beneath, with 7 or 8 pairs of lateral veins ; petioles 2-5 mm. long, concave above, convex beneath, hirsute ; racemes elon- gate, acuminate, 7-9 mm. wide, simple, terminal or axillary, peduncu- late (peduncle 9-29 mm. long), the axis 2.2-11.5 cm. long, hirsute, striate, bracteate, the bracts linear, acuminate, 3-5 mm. long, I-1.2 mm. wide, deciduous, ciliate, 1-nerved, finely puberulent beneath ; flowers 3.8-5 mm. long, the pedicels 0.6—-2 mm. long, finely pubescent, curved; outer sepals free, triangular, acute, ciliate, finely pubescent beneath, the two lower ones 2-2.8 mm. long, 1-1.8 mm. wide, 3-nerved, sometimes I- or 2-nerved, the upper sepal 2.4-3.2 mm. long, 1.4-2 mm. wide, usually 5-nerved, rarely 3-nerved; wings blue, 3.8-5.5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, glabrous, ecili- ate, sometimes ciliate at base; keel 4-5.2 mm. long, 2.4-3.4 mm. wide, orbicular, plicate, pubescent within, obtuse at base, 3-nerved, incon- spicuously 3-lobed, the middle lobe obtuse-subemarginate ; upper petals elongate-spatulate, pubescent; stamens 8, the filaments 2.8-3.2 mm. long, almost entirely united, the free part 0.4-1 mm. long, glabrous; 54 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOL. I2I ovary ovoid, 1.2-2 mm. long, 0.8-1.2 mm. wide, glabrous; style 2.2— 2.5 mm. long, geniculate above base, glabrous, thicker toward apex; stigma with 2 lobes, the lower one acute, the upper 1-tubercled, the tubercle papillose ; drupe ellipsoid, 4.2-6.2 mm. long, 2-3.4 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate. DISTRIBUTION: Central to southwestern Colombia, between 1,800 and 3,500 meters altitude. NorTE DE SANTANDER: Western side of Culaga Valley, north of Toledo, Killip & Smith 20283 (GH, NY, US). BoyacA: Sierra del Cocuy, Cordillera Oriental, Cuatrecasas 1657 (Ch, US). Totima: Between Buenavista and Azufral, Old Quindio Trail, Cordillera Central, Killip & Hazen 9578 (GH, NY, US). Antioguia: San Pedro, Bro. Tomds 114 (US); Cerro de La Vieja, Bro. Daniel 1698 (US); Santa Elena, Archer 1177 (US); Las Minitas, south of Caldas, Cauca Valley, Pennell 10956 (GH, US); Rio Negro, Triana s. n. (fragments and photographs of type, Ch, US). CatpAs: San Clemente, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 10664 (NY, US). Ext Vatie: Valley of Bugalagrande, between Las Azules and Las Violetas, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 20783 (Ch); Los Farallones, between Alto del Buey and Quebrada de los Ramos, Cuatrecasas 18024 (Ch). Cauca: Mount El Trueno, Cordillera Occidental, Pennell 7537 (GH, NY, US) ; “Los Volcancitos,” Linden 1104 (fragments of authentic material US) ; central Andes of Popayan, Lehmann 6664 (Ch); Alto del Duende, western slope, Cordillera Central, Cuatrecasas 18838 (Ch); “Calaguala,” Coconuco, Cordillera Central, Pennell 7144 (GH, US); Popayan, Lehmann 4747 (Ch, GH, US); Rio Paez Valley, Tierra Adentro, Pittier 1225 (US); Rio Vinagre, Puracé, Dryander 1841 (US). From M. mollis Pl. & Lind., apparently its closest ally, M. angustata differs in its narrowly lanceolate and acuminate leaves, its racemes with linear and extrorsely slightly pubescent bracts, its acute-triangular outer sepals, etc. INDEX TO NUMBERED SPECIMENS The following list includes the numbered specimens studied. Anorf, E. F. ARAQUE-M., J., and BARKLEY, F. A. 558. andreana 19Ano54. phytolaccaefolia APOLLINAIRE-MARIE, BROTHER 19Chor2. phytolaccaefolia 268. speciosa ArcHER, W. A. 23. subscand 523. subscandens 79. phytolaccaefolia APOLLINAIRE-M ARIE, BROTHER, and 469. solandraefolia ARTHUR, BROTHER 1253. speciosa 5. a€stuatis ArcHeEr, W. A., and Léprz, A. 22. rupestris 80. mollis 402. phytolaccaefolia NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA ARISTE-JOSEPH, BROTHER A7g. rupestris Ato3. salicifolia Arr3. mollis A238. salicifolia Batts, E. K. 5707. salicifolia BarRKteEy, F. A., GArciA-BarricAa, H., and VANEGAS, R. 17C740. aestuans BEQUAERT, J. 2. salicifolia BLACK, G. 46-663. aestuans Carriker, M. A. 29. aestuans Correa, J. 28. phytolaccaefolia CUATRECASAS, J. 65. rupestris 98. mollis 106. aestuans 268. aestuans - 328. aestuans 1657. angustata 5050. aestuans 5166. salicifolia 5759. pilosa 7933. mollis 8249. phytolaccaefolia 8411. rupestris 8584. subspeciosa 85093. colombiana 9236. arborescens 9559. salicifolia 9577. phytolaccaefolia 9655. salicifolia 10335. phytolaccaefolia 10379. salicifolia 11526. rupestris 11680. subspeciosa 11694. obtusifolia 11752. revoluta 11948. arborescens 12354. 12839. 12868. 13822. 14558. 14576. 14683. 14802. 14805. 15373- 17862. 18024. 18137. 18221. 18520. 18836. 18844. 18907. 18994. 19047. 19213. 20061. 20783. 208309. 20887. 208090. 20920. 21580. 21616. 21671. 21605. 21073. 22316. 22421. 22553. 228,40. 23160. 23240. 23267. 23380. 23518. 23657. 23730. 23751. 23907. smithii schultesii smithii phytolaccaefolia salicifolia revoluta arborescens erecta arborescens phytolaccaefolia involuta angustata phytolaccaefolia pilosa phytolaccaefolia angustata obtusifolia arborescens revoluta andreana arborescens salicifolia angustata obtusifolia chodatiana obtusifolia chodatiana subspeciosa subscandens arborescens arborescens subscandens subscandens cuatrecasasil pilosa phytolaccaefolia revoluta revoluta salicifolia phytolaccaefolia subscandens subspeciosa chlamydantha pilosa subscandens 55 CUATRECASAS, J., SCHULTES, R. E, 12175. 12330. and SmitH, E. mollis mollis 50 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 12372. schultesii 12372a. smithii 12503. solandraefolia 12649. salicifolia 12799. arborescens DANIEL, BROTHER 421. pilosa 1363. salicifolia 1691. solandraefolia 1698. angustata 1714. pilosa 1783. solandraefolia 2252. solandraefolia 2762. speciosa 3087. phytolaccaefolia DANIEL, BroTHER, and TomAs, BRoTHER 1569. solandraefolia 3499. salicifolia Dawe, M. T. 204. aestuans 832. phytolaccaefolia DrYANDER, E. 351. subspeciosa 1058. salicifolia 1841. angustata 1977. phytolaccaefolia 2053. pilosa 2143. subspeciosa Ducanp, A. 3505. rupestris Ducanp, A., and JARAMILIO, R. 2944. phytolaccaefolia 2996. subscandens 3033. pilosa 3827. phytolaccaefolia DuQUE-JARAMILLO, J. M. 1604. pilosa 1726. subspeciosa Espina, R., and GracomeErtTo, J. A156. phytolaccaefolia VOL. I2I Franco, A., and Bark ey, F. A. 18A187. solandraefolia Garcia-BaArrica, H. 4628. pilosa 7674. phytolaccaefolia 7852. arborescens 10951. phytolaccaefolia 11584. phytolaccaefolia 11640. salicifolia 11978. mollis 12015. phytolaccaefolia 12234. phytolaccaefolia 12325. phytolaccaefolia 12402. phytolaccaefolia 12619. phytolaccaefolia 12644. aestuans 13354. salicifolia Garcia-Barrica, H., and Hawkes, ie Ee 12886. rupestris 13063. obtusifolia 13074. obtusifolia 13085. arborescens GarciA-Barrica, H., HAWKEs, J. G, and Virrarreat, M. 13056. obtusifolia GRANT, V. 7377. salicifolia GUTIERREZ, G., and De iste, A. L. 263. speciosa Haucut, O. L. 2151. phytolaccaefolia 4492. mollis 4520. mollis 5045. salicifolia 5046. salicifolia 5091. obtusifolia 5001a. obtusifolia 5176. arborescens 5279. phytolaccaefolia 5207. phytolaccaefolia 5313. phytolaccaefolia 5613. aestuans NO. 3 5623. aestuans 5697. aestuans 5608. salicifolia 5813. salicifolia 5853. mollis 5886. mollis 6022. rupestris 6073. latifolia 6168. salicifolia 6175. aestuans 6221. subscandens HeErBArto NACIONAL COLOMBIANO 86. salicifolia 478. salicifolia Honce, W. H. 6478. revoluta 6610. salicifolia Hotton, I. 23. rupestris 829. revoluta 830. salicifolia JAMESON, W. 443. pilosa 473. rupestris JuzrEpczuK, S. 5040. salicifolia 5347. mollis 6616. rupestris Keune) (he 6868. pilosa 7794. glaberrima 7923. glaberrima 7964. rupestris 34001. mollis 34197. aestuans 34223. salicifolia Kirurp, E. P., CuATRECASAS, J., and DrYANDER, E. 39208. phytolaccaefolia Kriurp, E. P., and Hazen, T. E. 9116. bracteata 9578. angustata COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA 11008. phytolaccaefolia 11156. glaberrima Kiriip, E. P., and Smitu, A.C. 15077. phytolaccaefolia 15515. phytolaccaefolia 15533. smithii 15568. smithii 15575. mollis 15862. phytolaccaefolia 15863. glaberrima 16449. phytolaccaefolia 16625. mollis 16796. phytolaccaefolia 17008. mollis 17420. salicifolia 17890. mollis 17927. salicifolia 18137. salicifolia 18156. salicifolia 18381. elongata 18746. salicifolia 19043. phytolaccaefolia 19080. salicifolia 19396. phytolaccaefolia 19476. salicifolia 19570. aestuans 19800. mollis 19924. phytolaccaefolia 20029. bracteata 20048. mollis 20081. smithii 20283. angustata 20555. mollis 20779. phytolaccaefolia Kriurp, E. P., and VARELA, G. 34642. aestuans LancLassE, E. 31. phytolaccaefolia Lawrance, A. E. 16. phytolaccaefolia LEHMANN, F. C. 353. pilosa 360. phytolaccaefolia 361. phytolaccaefolia 1051. arborescens 57 58 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 1083. pilosa 2129. andreana 4747. angustata 5524. pilosa 6664. angustata LINDEN, J. 375. elongata 742. solandraefolia 781. salicifolia 955. revoluta 1104. angustata Metcatr, R. D., and Cuatrecasas, J. 30116. solandraefolia Mexta, Y. 7578. arborescens 7578a. speciosa PENNELL, F. W. 1736. phytolaccaefolia 1940. rupestris 3083. revoluta 3288. phytolaccaefolia 4208. oblanceolata 4311. aestuans 4387. oblanceolata 4439. phytolaccaefolia 5171. phytolaccaefolia 5724. glaberrima 7031. obtusifolia 7045. revoluta 7144. angustata 7470. arborescens 7537. angustata 8906. pilosa 8917. bracteata 9382. bracteata 9395. subscandens 10247. pennellii 10301. pilosa 10303. phytolaccaefolia 10335. subscandens 10386. bracteata 10500. bracteata 10663. pilosa 10664. angustata 10922. phytolaccaefolia 10956. angustata VOL. I2I PENNELL, F, W., and Hazen, T. E. 9986. revoluta 10113. pilosa 10156. parviflora PENNELL, F. W., and Kurup, E. P. 5888. subspeciosa 6418. pilosa 6465. salicifolia 6508. arborescens 7261. phytolaccaefolia 7269. pilosa 7390. arborescens 8020. pilosa PENNELL, F. W., Kittip, E. P., and HAZEN, a. E 8595. phytolaccaefolia 8723. pilosa 8740. phytolaccaefolia 8741. phytolaccaefolia PEREZ-ARBELAEZ, E. 2303. rupestris PéREZz-ARBELAEZ, E., and CUATRECASAS, J. 5915A. arborescens 6167. pilosa 8380. pilosa Pirtier, H. 728. glaberrima 903. phytolaccaefolia 1225. angustata 1405. obtusifolia 1477. subscandens PoPrENOE, W. II4I. rupestris Rivera, F., Franco, B., and BARKLEY, F. A. 18A048. salicifolia RopriGueEz, S. 5. phytolaccaefolia 29. aestuans NO. 3 COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF MONNINA—FERREYRA Russy, H. H., and PENNELL, F. W. SCHULTZE, A. 663. speciosa 5. rupestris 746. rupestris 876. subspeciosa | SEIFRIZz, W. 1290. aestuans 83. santamartensis ScHIEFER, H. Situ, H. H. 491. mollis 1480. santamartensis 532. salicifolia | 1557. santamartensis Scuum. L | SNEIDERN, K. von 345. aestuans 1815. revoluta 5540. phytolaccaefolia 674. elongata F 819 ‘mollis 5602. phytolaccaefolia 1137. elongata TomAs, BroTHER ScHuttEs, R. E. 114. angustata 7023. phytolaccaefolia Toro, R. A. 7119. salicifolia rs 88. phytolaccaefolia 7240. aestuans | 1040. pilosa 1046. pilosa Scuuttes, R. E., and VILLARREAL, M. 3 1244. pilosa 5215. rupestris 1262. speciosa 7429. obtusifolia | 1365. pilosa 7467. obtusifolia | 7517. arborescens | TRIANA, J. J. 7569. rupestris | 298. pilosa 7671. pilosa | 414. salicifolia 7728. rupestris 415. salicifolia 7833q. salicifolia 7870. obtusifolia 8009. arborescens 133. phytolaccaefolia YEPES, S. Ps 4 fi ‘Pp nines re, Nad Cpa e ker ; At } f Ce (eat a 16 bY 4 ).. 8 » 4 x yokes aot oe yg K } x rt is 4 - 3 ¥ 8 f f J } * { ‘ — j < a h / : i i |’ SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS ; VOLUME 121, NUMBER 4 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE GENITALIA IN SOME AMERICAN AGELENID SPIDERS | BY ROBERT L. GERING Department of Biology, Bethel College North Newton, Kans. (Pusiication 4101) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION MARCH 17, 1953 SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS VOLUME 121, NUMBER 4 SRRUGCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE GENITALIA IN SOME AMERICAN AGBEENID SPIDERS BY ROBERT L. GERING Department of Biology, Bethel College North Newton, Kans. | \Py. ahs ITHSONSS UL sank 7X ee y (Pustication 4101) CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION MARCH 17, 1953 The Lord Galtimore Press BALTIMORE, MD., U. & A. CONTENTS Page MEO UCHR eee etc eiatsts toy oc ote tc eecelce Scop ass Mace retisunete talensate wei nlckenetay euesieyaioustelavele fojels I PNEKMOWIEGRITIEMES © clitaes sorcietet (ost eel eras s/ayoln ehsvel sic eel eller cla icrinia ide) nisi piel 6) bievelal eyes 4 BREW CU OPH Litera tlie s,-- cia ia sie a tevera a iayelorerai spelotet said ual eo erey ode) a tine Sea eovetoloratelele gual es 4 INatenialsmandyanethodSts c.ciscterere cep sisic shore ceerovaioreis eto stereieveievs fiers evs /etere Si ayeretener 6 Morphology and function of reproductive organs .............eeceeeeeees 8 meproductivecongans Ob, the: male vs! cere’ aie's aleve sia) causa shen =o! tiatiz bite sjetatersrs 9 dhestes and associated) internal) Structunes. 44.--4-e4e odes ces 9 Jetera bho Uh niC ie vom alon mrrnia oercicn omeic Gad cieka ec aon Gian Gmc mace ac oom 9 AN CHivattonnOL pedipalpUsiiys seine ciscihitin's «eases eveiins bis cirque laustiaels cies 28 Bedipalpall variation eric leis eyecare. cto store ose olsier olefeye sueicie’ e728 ae ccysl oapayeloms 2 Reproductiveorgansiomenestemiale macs siete cies sails cine siete viola cere rats 34 @vaties andiassociatedistructuress ae --cen d ee ee e e ee eete 34 Goptlatory, Sy Stem ly si 82 6 o.c)5's Rao) oxaysie apa sy arniehals als a oudierayel- Gusve epeuetere wiesarere 30 Gopulatony: iSy Stemi: VARIATION: pict) cist c rays owls ue Sys esate esole ers auaas 43 MSIE ADE CITE VCO Ole s yct Scars oc este fiesta sic ce is anpescim cle atu wyeueie g 5.a)pate’ ajtuene. 46 ERECOURESHI DI Pgh eer ae inet Ae eee SCE eA a cues Bie Site See sete glsaleusle Bisre Stie 47 CGE Tarihi os Nee ORS ERR ans Peay TLR BTN dU SpA aR Ua RMR 49 BRE COMA OM matte te Ci arte Sera ler aie tase baler ere ei eee Lerercle ator Tai ais lA alas ease sella SO Gor tila tronics seve cers esis oie yoke eee ate tava nb SteTe cL eunae sateen Ae ais\era 56 IP OSECO Pod Leite] OLNIM Mops cr aces Pa eT P ara HVAT loc CPR SL Pats Le eI er eee een aoe ae 3 Intenspecince cOmil attOmedarsecccvr sistem yeiers ola mise eesie wis Shela eet ee oatals BAe e histe ales 64 DiScussionyand: CONGCIUSIONS a